Home

PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual, Edition 3 for B.01

1. 008 2 5 About XML Versions for Software Version C 01 02 and higher 2 6 Internal Main Archive 0 cece cece ees 2 8 Internal Remote Archive 0 c eee eee 2 8 External PC Card or USB Memory Stick Archives 2 8 USB Memory Stick 2 8 External Diskette Archives lesse eee eens 2 9 Rendered ECG Report Prints 00 0 0 02s eee eee 2 9 Fax Rendered ECG Report Print 005 2 10 Power System Overview lese 2 11 Batteries n eset VeL RM x RR RU ERES 2 12 SMBus Smart System 2 0 0 0 eee eee ee eee 2 14 Power LEabelsz eee eeo eu xy ERU Ga Re an es 2 14 Power Management 0 cee cece cence hne 2 16 Battery Charging Logic sls 2 16 Battery Fuel Gauge 0 eee eee eee ee eee 2 16 Battery Discharging 2 cee cece eee eee eee 2 18 Battery Charging bones ood wee edna aid ees 2 18 Charge Current c voce ec Rana ER c TD RENI ge 2 18 Current Consumption in QuickStart and Standby Mode 2 18 Battery Calibration 2 0 cee eee ee ee 2 18 Battery Information 2 0 02 cece eee eee eee eee 2 19 2 1 Theory of Operation System Overview System Overview The PageWriter Touch cardiograph system performs acquisition analysis presentation printing storage and transfer of ECG waveforms and other patient clinical data The PageWriter Touch cardiograph consists of three major subs
2. Trace activity for all 12 leads Confirms integrity for all patient electrodes and leadwires Noise should measure less than one 1 mm with no baseline wander No gross distortion of complexes or calibration pulses for example no overshoot Duration for calibration pulses for correct paper speed With cardiograph set to record at 25 mm sec the calibration pulse should measure 5mm calibration pulse duration is 200 ms Calibration pulse amplitude is correct NOTES m An arrhythmia simulator is not an acceptable tool for verifying computerized ECG analysis The analysis software is biased to process human ECG data m Noise may be an artifact of poor connections to the simulator or position of the cables If noise appears check the connectors or adjust the cable drape 4 16 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Performance Verification and Safety Tests Safety Tests Safety Tests This section includes tests that verify the electrical safety of the cardiograph Test Notes m Use the recommended procedures specified by the manufacturer of the safety analyzer in use Test both Normal and Reverse polarity line connections for each test and record the worst case value Ifa ground reference point is necessary for the testing use the metal grounding stud on the back of the cardiograph Safety Test S1 Protective Earth Resistance m Applicable to Class 1 type B BF CF a Max resistance 200
3. Repeat Count fO Tester Info isi sults Clear Re Print Cumulative d Software Installation Utility Change Access Code J Calibrate Batteries Refresh Print Status Restart Unit From the Service Utility select Printer Test from the Diagnostic Tests drop down list upper right side of screen The Printer Test window appears with the message Printing Test Page The printer test page prints 2 Perform steps 5 and 6 of Printer Test on page 3 30 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 4 9 Performance Verification and Safety Tests Performance Verification Tests 4 10 Diskette Drive Test FD The diskette drive test writes and reads from a diskette inserted in the drive Insert a diskette before you start the test and verify that the diskette is not write protected To test the drive 1 Insert a blank diskette in the cardiograph drive 2 From the Service Utility select Floppy Drive Test from the Diagnostic Tests drop down list upper right side of screen 3 Touch Start If the drive test fails the message 0001 FDD Test Failed appears on the screen Touch Screen Display Test TD The touch screen display test consists of two separate tests Touch calibration m Screen test Complete these tests to verify proper touch screen display performance after repair or replacement of the display assembly Touch Calibration The Touch Calibration tests include For
4. 02 cece eee eee eee eee eens C 4 Environmental Storage Conditions 0 cece cece eee eee eee e eee C 4 Cardiograph Dimensions 00 eee eee cece eee eee teen ee eeeee C 4 Cardiograph Weight 20 cece cece cee cee teen Ih C 4 Cardiograph Shipping Container Dimension 2 0 eese C 4 Cardiograph Shipping Container Weight 22 e eee eee eee eee eens C 4 Cardiograph Cart Dimensions lees C 4 Cardiograph Cart Weight 0 0 cece ccc ete ete teen een teenies C 5 Cardiograph Cart Shipping Container Dimension esee eee eee C 5 Cardiograph Cart Container Weight llle eee C 5 Safety and Performance 0 cece cece eee e hh C 5 Classification IEC 60601 1 2 2 2 eee eee ee RII C 6 Class oot ote heo NE whet le Mar o otto ee Ate i d Alec AAA at C 6 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC 0 cece cece eee IR C 6 Reducing Electromagnetic Interference 2 eee eee eee eee eee eee C 7 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Contents 9 Contents 10 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction This PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual provides the information needed to successfully service the PageWriter Touch cardiograph and cart system Philips part number 860284 This Service Manual provides information on troubleshooting repairing and performance verification and safety testing of the ca
5. llle 5 2 Accessing the Service Utility 00 0k eee eee cee eee eee eens 5 2 Service Utility Interface Components 0 eee eee eee eee ee 5 4 REVISIONS sso deutet tree e a a ertet hote eet oan deg i TEE Mud ghia SER af edis neces 5 5 Storage nella gaude en dG red be X UR ee TIAE PETRI ER See ea 5 6 NetWork Seed ee Adeeb Reenp eM CBE n MORES BRE o 5 7 AVR Statistics 3 ce ees e xe Us VARIAR A RUE P CROP Un Vis Ue RR cn TI aa 5 8 Contents 4 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Table of Contents Device StAtUs in as aee dax Go UA CURL P EUER PNE EUSER ICE QUE ERU AUR MI Gas 5 8 Battery Info ele eR es Cn ee ne Re S UE Orr REN ee 5 9 Diagnostic Tests Available in the Service Utility 20 0 e ee eee eee 5 11 PRONG i oc deba cht ear ea ane ued cated ste Guth res ee Aare pl a d kt 5 11 Barcode Readers eos rbi ernie RR TR be teg xcu E eee aes 5 12 Mag Card Reader oL ad oa EI BAL eed ae ve ERDMPERUEDS 5 12 CompactFlash CF Archive Storage 0 2 0 eee eee ee eee eee ee 5 12 Analog Outs 2 es epe RI A a xe eee Le 5 12 FaxiModem i e em ay Stee RETAR XY E eR RE RE RERRE ERE ERE 5 12 Floppy Dtive osse pe ede stel E espe pen Uere 5 12 Keyboard uber E d ge o b RP Ye id p ped epe red 5 13 PC Card PCMCIA Storage 0 2 eee eee ee eee teen I 5 13 USB Drive Storage 0 cece ec RII 5 13 Printet c cad ex tek enREKL Ses OUNUEERRRE few kd e x ERE EE 5 13 Network
6. 5 48 About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP 5 57 5 1 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Repair Philosophy Repair Philosophy CAUTION The repair philosophy for the cardiograph is subassembly replacement Examples of subassemblies are the Patient Interface Module PIM the Main Control Board PCA the batteries and the display and touch screen assembly Repairs that involve replacing components on a PCA are not supported Replaceable subassemblies are identified in Chapter 7 Replacement Parts For details about the required test equipment see Test Equipment on page 4 6 For details about ordering supplies see Supplies and Ordering Information on page 1 25 Individual component replacement should not be attempted outside of a factory authorized repair facility Component level repair is extremely difficult due to the extensive use of surface mount technology and the high parts density on the circuit boards Unauthorized component replacement can impair cardiograph performance Using the Service Utility The Service Utility screen displays important information and statistics about the cardiograph and is a valuable diagnostic tool when troubleshooting the cardiograph Using the Service utility you can Check important unit status m Check the current software revisions a Upload new software m Check the amount of ECG storage remaining Confirm DC voltages a Examine battery statist
7. 9 Lift the display from the main housing Replacing the Display To replace the display 1 Align the display hinges with the display bracket 2 Using new M4 x 9 5 mm screws for the replacement display tighten one hinge at a time securely to the display bracket 3 After you securely tighten all four screws check for any misalignment in the display hinges by opening and closing the display 4 Insert JO and J8 connectors into the main control board as shown Figure 6 42 Orientation For J8 and J9 Connectors CAUTION Do not reverse connectors or you could cause permanent damage to the main control board The numbers are indicated next to each connector 6 22 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Display 5 Insert the display cable into the bracket as shown Figure 6 43 Inserting the Display Cable Into the Bracket NOTE Make sure the grounded shield portion of the cable fits snugly into the bracket fingers with no tension or twisting in the cable between the bracket and the J8 and J9 connectors 6 Install the tie wrap in the following location as shown Remove any excess Figure 6 44 Location of the Tie Wrap For the Display 7 Re attach top cover See page 6 19 8 Re attach rear cover Replacing the Display Hinge To replace the display hinge 1 Follow the procedure to remove the display assembly See page 6 20 2 Place the disp
8. Possible Cause a The Aironet Client Utility was launched without the wireless adapter being inserted into the cardiograph Recommended Solution 1 Touch OK to close the error message 2 Press the On Standby button on the cardiograph Not Found wm The wireless adapter was 3 Insert the wireless adapter ejected from the cardiograph into the PC card slot 4 Press the On Standby button WEP Key X Must An invalid number of characters 1 Touch OK to close the error Be 10 Hex Digits or an incorrect character was entered for the WEP key indicated m 40 bit keys must have 10 total characters message 2 Reenter the characters for the invalid key PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 53 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 5 54 Table 5 11 Error Message WEP Key X Must Be 26 Hex Digits Possible Cause a An invalid number of characters or an incorrect character was entered for the WEP key indicated m 128 bit keys must have 26 characters Restarting the Cardiograph Aironet Client Utility ACU Error Messages continued Recommended Solution 1 Touch OK to close the error message 2 Reenter the characters for the invalid key You must enter a A WEP key was not entered on the 1 Touch OK to close the error WEP Key WEP keys window message 2 Enter a WEP key in the WEP Keys window 350 Series Radio The wireless adapter is not m There are several reasons wh
9. 0 20 eee cece eect ence nen eeeee A 6 Saving Custom Settings 0 0 cece cece e nett errre A 6 Installing the Software Application and Kernel 0 0 2 cece e eee eee ee A 7 Loading the PIM Firmware 0 eee e cece III A 11 Verifying the Software Installation 0 2 0 0 cece eee ee eee eee eee A 12 Performing a Full System Reset 00 ce eee cece eee e tence eeeee A 13 Restoring Custom Settings 00 cece cece eee e A 14 Entering Network Connectivity Settings for Upgrades from Software Version PLO TOO OF IOWBE rooted Vete Soca sed ahaha oie Y teres s a enh Pace ake A 15 Saving Custom Settings for C 01 02 0 eee cece eee eee eens A 15 Reflashing the Kernel llle hh A 15 Flashing the Kernel from the Internal CompactFlash CF Card to the Main Board A 15 Installing Printer and PIM Software from the Internal CompactFlash CF Card A 16 Preparing a New Internal CompactFlash CF Card 0 eee eee eee esee A 17 Appendix B Wireless LAN Installation WirelesssEANUFAQS eis oie cet eee EAS Se eh ete es ca VEA e B 2 Installing the Wireless LAN Card 0 cece eee eee hen B 3 Wireless Connectivity Indicators 0 eee eee e B 8 Table of Contents Appendix C Specifications Technical Specifications 0 1 eee cece ee eee een e eee E E C 1 ECG Acq isition icol Du d tee ra de beh e Pee Pee C 1 Keyboard oe hiatal ee hain it e lea t
10. B A Red activity indicator B Green status indicator PageWriterTouch Cardiograph Service Manual B 3 Wireless LAN Installation Installing the Wireless LAN Card B 4 To install and configure the wireless LAN card 1 A U N Insert the wireless LAN card into the PC card slot on the rear of the cardiograph Ensure that the card is fully inserted into the slot The green Status indicator on the front of the card illuminates when the card is properly inserted ai J Que 1orOl Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Touch the Defaults button A series of tabs appear at the top of the screen Touch the Network tab The selected tab is indicated in blue The network configuration screen appears Touch the Wireless Network tab top right of screen Under Wireless Adapter bottom right of screen touch the Configure button The Cisco License Agreement appears Agree to the terms of the license agreement and touch OK The Aironet Client Utility window appears The Profiles tab is selected Press the Tab key on the keyboard until the Edit button is highlighted Press the Enter key on the keyboard The profile properties window appears Specify the wireless network settings applicable for your facility Table B 2 describes the available settings Table B 2 Wireless LAN Card Settings Setting Description Philips Recommended Default Setting SSID The Service Set Identifier Consult your network adm
11. F LAN connector L Equipotential grounding post WARNING Do not connect the modem card to a phone line when the cardiograph is connected to a patient CAUTION Do not insert a USB memory stick into the cardiograph or remove a USB memory from the cardiograph when the cardiograph is acquiring ECG data from a patient PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 13 Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components Thermal Printer The cardiograph uses a thermal print head to record waveforms and label the ECG report The paper supplied with the cardiograph is a thermal paper designed to work with the print head The paper drawer accommodates both A and A4 size paper A separate supplied paper shim is required for A4 paper use Philips guarantees the performance of the cardiograph only when used with Philips supplies accessories and paper that meets or exceeds Philips specifications Touch Screen Display The cardiograph features a 15 inch touch screen color LCD display Never touch the screen with sharp objects or you may damage the touch screen surface Batteries The PageWriter Touch is powered by two rechargeable Lithium Ion batteries Philips part number 989803129131 The cardiograph is intended to be operated primarily on battery power Proper care of the batteries will ensure a long life For more details see the Care and Maintenance chapter in the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 includ
12. If a signal acquisition error or loss of the PIM signal occurs when printing use this procedure to test the print head static brush resistance to ground Static electricity builds up on the print head during printing If the print head is not grounded this can cause noise in the USB layer and disrupt the PIM communication Usually when printing stops the communication is re established The print head static brush resistance to ground should be lt to 10 Ohm If the resistance is higher than 10 Ohm replace the print head assembly 5 20 NOTE To test the print head static brush resistance to ground 1 2 3 4 Disconnect AC power Remove the batteries from the cardiograph Remove the paper drawer Place one test lead on the print head static brush Do not place excessive pressure on the static brush as it may influence the measurement You can perform the measurement anywhere along the length of the static brush but the location shown in Figure 5 8 is the most convenient Figure 5 8 Lead Location on Print Head Static Brush PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues 5 Place the other test lead on the ground space on the cardiograph AC input connector Figure 5 9 Lead Location on Cardiograph AC Input Connector 6 Ifthe print head static brush resistance to ground is higher than 10 Ohm replace the print head assembly See Removing and Replaci
13. Safety Summary Safety Symbols Marked on the Cardiograph Symbol Name Description Global Medical Device Global Medical Device Nomenclature Code is a 5 digit Nomenclature Code code providing a brief description of the device as defined by EN ISO 15225 Safety Symbols Marked on the Cardiograph Packaging Symbol Description Keep dry Ambient temperature range of 15 C 59 F to 35 C 95 F non condensing for transport and storage Atmospheric pressure range of 466 hPa to 1014 hPa for transport and storage Relative humidity range of 25 to 80 non condensing for transport and storage Made from recycled materials Fragile Lithium ion battery Do not dispose of in trash Follow local regulations for disposing of as small chemical waste This product consists of devices that may contain mercury which must be recycled or disposed of in accordance with local state or federal laws Within this system the backlight lamps in the monitor display contain mercury 1 4 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Important Patient and Safety Information Safety Symbols Marked on the Cardiograph Packaging Symbol Description X Dispose of in accordance with the requirements of your country Important Patient and Safety Information The PageWriter Touch cardiograph isolates all connections to the patient from electrical ground and all other conductive
14. 1 Tear off any unused thermal paper Figure 6 22 Tearing Off Excess Thermal Paper 2 Pull out the paper tray until it stops Figure 6 23 Opening the Paper Tray 3 Remove any unused paper 4 Carefully lift tray and pull it out completely Replacing the Paper Tray To replace the paper tray 1 Insert the paper tray into the opening Make sure the metal bar is above the paper tray 2 Close the paper tray PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 9 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Cart Casters Removing and Replacing the Cart Casters 6 10 In October 2006 improvements to the cart caster locking pedals were made to make them more durable PageWriter Touch cardiographs shipped beginning in October 2006 with serial number prefix US2060 include the new caster pedals These cardiographs are labeled with part number 989803127431 Rev K Additionally you can identify the improved caster pedals by the manufacturer s name CATIS molded into the surface of the pedal If the caster pedal fails without causing damage to the threads in the cart base replace the individual caster pedal as described in the following procedure If the threads in cart base are damaged along with the caster pedals replace the entire cart base as described in Removing and Replacing the Cart Base on page 6 14 Removing the Cart Casters To remove the cart casters 1 Unplug the AC power cord 2 Remove t
15. 14 Installing the Software Figure A 8 The Software Identification Screen PHILIPS PageWriter Touch PageWriter Touch Release C 01 02 C or Philips Medical Systems 3000 Minuteman Road Andover MA 01810 USA As soon as the software identification screen appears press the left CTRL and left SHIFT keys and then press the Enter key The software identification screen only appears for five seconds If the software identification screen disappears before the key sequence is entered press the Reset button again The Please Enter an Access Code window appears Type in 0000 zero Touch the OK button If the 0000 access code is not accepted check with your supervisor or service manager The access code may have been changed If the access code has not been changed or cannot be retrieved contact the nearest Philips Response Center see Contacting a Philips Response Center on page 1 32 The PageWriter Touch Service Utility screen appears Wait until the information on the screen is updated and for the Software Installation Utility button right side of screen to be enabled Touch the button when it is enabled After a several seconds the Software Installation Utility screen appears Under Installation Settings center of screen the Language drop down list is highlighted in blue Press the space bar to select ENU English No other languages are available for installation Press the Tab key to highlight the Lead
16. If it fails a second time contact the nearest Philips Response Center see Contacting a Philips Response Center on page 1 31 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 29 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Maintenance Tests 3 30 Printer Test The Printer Test is used to verify that the cardiograph printer is able to correctly print out the test page Use this test to verify proper printer performance or when reports appear to have print quality errors To perform the Print Test 1 NOTE Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Maintenance tab top of screen Touch the Printer Test button The Printer Test window appears with the message Printing Test Page The printer test page prints out Review the printer test page at points A B C and D as seen on Figure 3 12 Printer Test Page on page 3 31 Table 3 1 Printer Test Page Test Points Test Point Description A wm The stepped bars are sharp edged and printed cleanly without distortion or missing segments B m The spacing between the vertical lines is 25 mm with a discrepancy of no more or less than 2 C w The diagonal lines should be straight and printed cleanly without distortion or breaks in the lines D m The character set is printed cleanly without distortion or missing characters and all chara
17. NOTE Keyboard A successful Keyboard test is one in which each key is properly recognized when pressed For details on performing the test see Keyboard Test K on page 4 12 PC Card PCMCIA Storage Reports the external PC card or PCMCIA card size in bytes if installed and if an error appeared when the media was queried For details on testing the PC Card see PC Card Test PCC on page 4 13 USB Drive Storage Reports the external USB memory stick size in bytes if installed and if an error appeared when the media was queried For details on testing the USB memory stick see USB Drive Storage Test on page 4 13 Printer Determines if the printer is working properly For details on performing the test see Printer Test P on page 4 9 Network Ping Determines if a particular device system is accessible over the network Prompts you for an IP address to ping then reports if the ping was successful The Ping Test can also be accessed from the Configuration screens under the Network tab Screen Test The Screen Test is used to verify the quality of the color displayed on the touch screen For details on performing the test see Screen Test on page 4 11 Serial Loopback This test is not available as the cardiograph serial port is not supported Suspend Button With this test you can test the Suspend button functionality independently of the software application Touch Screen The Touch S
18. Select the correct time zone Touch the OK button The cardiograph automatically restarts Diskette and Disk Drive Maintenance To prevent diskette or disk drive damage do the following Do not expose diskettes to direct sunlight extremes of temperature or humidity magnetic fields or dust Place diskettes in a protective case and store diskettes in a clean dry place Do not eject the diskette or turn off all power to the cardiograph when the disk drive is operating The disk drive is operating when the green light on the drive is lit Clean the diskette drive every six months with a wet dry cleaning kit Wet dry cleaning kits are available from local computer stores Clean the disk drive more often if the working environment is particularly dusty or dirty Barcode Reader Maintenance The optional barcode reader is shipped with configured settings that provide optimal use with the cardiograph If the barcode reader operates with errors or missed data follow the procedure Calibrating the Barcode Reader on page 3 21 3 20 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Barcode Reader Maintenance If the barcode reader incorrectly scans data into fields on the Patient ID screen follow the procedure Removing the Carriage Return on page 3 23 Calibrating the Barcode Reader The barcodes in Figure 3 9 must be scanned in order from top to bottom in one session To calibrate the barcode read
19. These steps must be followed in the order listed in Table 8 1 Table 8 1 Steps to Configure PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Connectivity with a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System Step For more information see 1 Configure Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Installation on page B 1 Settings if necessary test wireless LAN connectivity PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 8 3 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring Network Settings Table 8 1 Steps to Configure PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Connectivity with a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System continued Step Description For more information see 2 Configure wired Ethernet LAN Configuring Network Settings on page 8 4 settings if necessary 3 Configure TraceMaster Vue Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Server settings called Remote Settings on page 8 6 Site settings test Remote Site connectivity 4 Configure OrderVue settings Configuring OrderVue Settings on page 8 13 test order connectivity 5 Configure Institution Configuring Institution Settings on page 8 17 Identification Information 5 Configure Patient ID settings Chapter 3 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 Configuring Network Settings 8 4 If assistance is required with any of the settings described in this section please consult your network administrator If you are configuring a wir
20. Touch the Defaults button Touch the Network tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue Under Network Test type in the IP address of the TraceMasterVue server Touch the Ping button If the test succeeds ensure that you can ping the cardiograph from the server as described next Then retest ECG transmission If the test fails ping the access point Consult your network administrator for information on pinging the access point 1 2 To ping the cardiograph from the server Before proceeding have available the IP address of the target cardiograph On the TraceMasterVue server select Start gt Run and type cmd in the Run dialog box In the Command shell type the following ping lt cardiograph IP address gt For example ping 161 99 23 55 If the access point ping test fails most likely there is an IP configuration issue Consult your network administrator for further assistance It may be helpful to connect the cardiograph to a hardwired Ethernet connection for further IP configuration troubleshooting Resolving an Unexplained Reply Received from the Remote Site Use the following procedure if the error message Unexpected Reply received from Remote Site appears when transmitting ECGs to a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Restarting the Cardiograph To resolve an unexplained reply received from the remote sit
21. on page 6 2 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual A 17 Preparing a New Internal CompactFlash CF Card 4 Remove the internal CompactFlash CF card from the slot on the main control board See Figure 6 70 CompactFlash CF Card on page 6 40 5 Using a computer with an accessible card reader delete the files on the card CAUTION Do not reformat the CF card 6 Copy the following files from the installation directory supplied by the factory to the top level root directory of the CompactFlash CF card The contents of the ENU directory Copy only the contents not the actual folder PackingList txt file Firmware Images directory Copy the entire directory as a complete folder 7 Findthe file named nkload enu bin in the root directory and rename it nkload bin Figure A 10 Software Version B 01 Final File Structure IC3Firmware Images File Folder 9 17 2007 3 47 PM Sierra File Folder 9 17 2007 2 16 PM O SierraHelp File Folder 9 17 2007 2 16 PM O SierraTemplate File Folder 9 17 2007 2 16 PM BA apsioad exe 24KB Application 8 22 2006 2 53 PM esl adsload hwt 3KB HWT File 8 22 2006 2 32 PM adsload reg 14KB Registration Entries 8 22 2006 2 32 PM el adsload reg IEC 14KB IECFile 8 22 2006 2 32 PM i KRNCRC32 dat 1KB DAT File 8 22 2006 2 53 PM el NKLoad_ENU bin 11 781 KB BIN File 8 22 2006 2 32 PM E PackingList txt 13KB Text Document 8 22 2006 2 53 PM ivi SA ECG NSR raw 2 612KB Paint Shop Pro 6 Im 8 22 2006 2 3
22. on specifying a default XML version on the cardiograph see About XML Versions on page 8 8 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 The default XML version setting on the cardiograph must be coordinated with the XML version compatibility of a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System used by your facility Downloading the XML Utilities and the XML Utility Suite Instructions for Use The XML schema for the Philips 12 Lead ECG files along with a complementary suite of XML utilities and tools are available for download from the Philips InCenter web site incenter medical philips com An XML Utility Suite Instructions for Use is also available for download This Instructions for Use describes how to install and configure the XML utilities Check the InCenter site regularly for further information and updates to the XML Utility Suite Using the Philips InCenter Site The Philips InCenter site provides frequent updates to all Philips Cardiac Systems product documentation and product software including the PageWriter Touch cardiograph The Philips InCenter site requires an active registration and password To register go to the InCenter site at incenter medical philips com and click on the Need help link on the main page On the following E Support page click the Click here for access to software updates and documentation for cardiology products link located on the right side of the page The Cardiac Systems InCenter Re
23. system oper ation can be restored by resetting the device b The PageWriter Touch cardiograph may be susceptible to power line electrical transient burst interference under various modes of operation as low as 0 5 kV on the mains conductors Some anomalies that occurred during the product EMC verification were artifact on the ECG traces screen error messages resulting in change in operation printer stopping blank pages printed or unit lockup Should abnormal product behavior occur as a result system operation can be restored by resetting the device Note that such interference does not occur when the unit is oper ated on battery power PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual C 9 Specifications Table C 2 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagentic Immunity continued The PageWriter Touch cardiograph is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below The customer or the user of the Page Writer Touch cardiograph should assure that it is used in such an environment Immunity Test IEC 60601 Compliance Test Level Level Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3 Vrms IEC 61000 4 6 150 kHz to 80 MHz Radiated RF 3 V m 3 V m IEC 61000 4 3 80 MHz to 2 5 GHz Electromagnetic Environment guidance Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should be used no closer to any part of the PageWriter Touch including cables than the recommended separation dist
24. 0 cece eee ee e 3 23 Maintenance Tests soto eq tap Aid Baas e o SSE A BPS ew RR Gs PEERS 3 24 Touch Calibration per ourtu So actes ee Her rv cup Et t Rad packs 3 25 Sereen Sis utes tei ota pede qoin e pubs tet ster ohare e psv telo Ea paf 3 26 PIN Desk d acu do eo EH CIS Ee re d Leer dus qus 3 28 Barcode Reader Test o cores eer ee ees Rr xy Owes 3 28 Magnetic Card Reader Test 0 0 eee eee eee eee ence ete n eens 3 29 Printer Tests ets he So oe oe eke CRA Eee eee eRe Sie ke ies 3 30 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Contents 3 Table of Contents Using the System Log Feature 0 2 0 eee eee ete tenet e nent n eens 3 32 Automatic Maintenance Reset 0 ccc cee cece rete eee eee hh hh 3 33 Chapter 4 Performance Verification and Safety Tests Required Testing Levels 02 0 0 eee eee cece Il 4 2 External Repaits ecl ted aed chines Gants eee ae eed epee 4 2 Internal Repairs dod et ee oe Oe ane et da ee eee Pid be deeded oad 4 2 Upsrades 5 2 ea e de aud hd bladed sy Read heh N aan eb IS 4 3 Test and Inspection Matrix eee eee ee I 4 4 Test Equipment tiie pie fabs eee eb eee Ves ee e ep eee ees 4 6 Performance Verification Tests lsceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ehh hh hh hh 4 6 Visual InspectionqV eR ren n ge cee e Rer Re I RC E QUO eed 4 6 Power On Test 5 0055 ces a Rp R4 eR tA e T ed Eee RR ATE ERE ERR eae S 4 7 Individual Functional Tests els bee na ee ERE IRURE ERO ER es 4 8 Access
25. 1 Error Message or Problem Archive Error Requested Function Failed Archive Troubleshooting continued Possible Cause amp Investigative Step The name of the configured Remote Site has a space in it Action Confirm that the Remote Site settings are accurately entered on the Configuration screen Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Confirmation ECG transmission to the Archive is subsequently successful Explanation The name of the Remote Site cannot contain any spaces When transferring an ECG with a modem the phone connector is not connected to the PC modem card or the telephone line is busy Action Inspect cabling and connection of cabling to modem card Confirm that an active phone line is avail able A 12x1 or Pan 12 report is being transferred to Trace MasterVue version A 02 or lower Action Check the report format of the ECG that failed transmission ECG transmission to the Archive is subsequently successful Damaged cabling or intermittent connection is found The format of the ECG is Pan 12 or 12x1 Transmission and query operations require reli able access to an active phone line 12x1 and Pan 12 ECGs cannot be transferred to TraceMasterVue version A 02 or lower More than 25 ECGs are being transferred from a TraceMasterVue Remote Site to the cardiograph Action None This is a limi tation of the systems involved Transferring less than
26. 12 of the previous section Removing the Main Cable Harness Assembly Remove any excess Replace the top cover Reattach the PIM Insert the batteries into the cardiograph Plug the AC power cord into the AC power connector on the rear of the cardiograph and then into the power source PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 57 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Top of Form Sensor Cable Harness Removing and Replacing the Top of Form Sensor Cable Harness CAUTION Always wear an electrostatic wrist band or other approved method for protection against electrostatic discharge when disconnecting and handling the print head assembly Removing the Top of Form Sensor Cable Harness To remove the top of form sensor cable harness 1 2 3 4 5 a Unplug the AC power cord Remove the batteries See page 6 3 Remove the top cover See page 6 17 Remove the paper guide bar See page 6 33 Remove the print head See page 6 33 Remove the J7 connector from the printer control board by grasping the connector wires and pulling straight up See Figure 6 78 on page 6 49 Cut the tie wrap Do not damage the wires Figure 6 89 Top of Form Sensor Tie Wrap 6 58 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Top of Form Sensor Cable Harness CAUTION 8 Carefully pry back the plastic tab and pull the top of form
27. 22 3003 Columbia 01 8000 11 10 10 Peru 51 1 620 6440 Europe Response Centers Country Telephone Number United Kingdom 44 0870 532 9741 Fax 44 01737 23 0550 Austria 43 1 60101 820 Belgium 32 2 525 7102 French 32 2 525 7103 Flemish PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 31 Introduction 1 32 Contacting a Philips Response Center Europe Response Centers continued Country Czech Republic MCR Response Center located in The Netherlands Telephone Number 31 40 2781619 Denmark 45 80 30 30 35 Finland 358 615 80 400 France 0 810 835 624 Germany Greece MCR Response Center located in The Netherlands Hungary MCR Response Center located in The Netherlands 0180 5 47 5000 31 40 2781619 3 40 2781619 Italy 0800 232100 Netherlands 31 40 27 211 27 Norway 47 800 84 080 Poland MCR Response Center located in The Netherlands 3 40 2781619 Rumania MCR Response Center located in The Netherlands 3 40 2781619 Russia MCR Response Center located in The Netherlands 3 40 2781619 Slovak Republic MCR Response Center located in The Netherlands 3 40 2781619 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Contacting a Philips Response Center Europe Response Centers continued Country Telephone Number Spa
28. 25 ECGs from a TraceMas terVue Remote Site to the cardiograph is successful Current system limita tion If the fax feature is being used the fax application timed out Action Dismiss the fax dialog box after transmis sion is complete by touching OK Message no longer appears after fax trans mission of ECGs The fax application requires the user to close the dialog box after successful transmission is reported If not the application times out and indicates a failure 5 24 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 1 Archive Troubleshooting continued Error Message or Problem Cannot access selected archive Possible Cause amp Investigative Step The LAN connection to the TraceMasterVue Remote Site is not properly configured or network permission is denied Action Confirm that all network connectivity and TraceMasterVue Remote Site settings are complete and accurate Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Confirmation Explanation Subsequent ECG trans All network connec mission is successful tivity settings must be fully and accurately entered PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 25 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 1 Error Message or Problem No reply from Remote Site Server Archive Troubleshooting continued Possible Cause amp Investigative Step m The network resources ar
29. 3V Output from the U22 regulator Supplied by the VCC regulator this switching regulator will supply 3 3V at up to 1 25A of current This voltage is monitored SW 6v Output from the U44 regulator supplies recharge voltage for the future wireless pod The SW 6V is not used at this time Charge Power output from the charger control section of the power system This power is only used for recharging the batteries Voltage is approximately 12 6V with a current that varies from 3A down to OmA depending on the operation mode of the system PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 2 15 Theory of Operation Power Management Power Management Battery Charging Logic The system host processor working in conjunction with the system power processor controls several functions of the power system These include Controlling the battery switch over points Activating QuickStart or Standby mode if no activity is detected for a preset period of time Restricting the user from printing when the charge capacity reaches preset levels Controlling the re calibration cycle Warning the user of the charge capacity with a battery icon and warning messages Alerting the user when maintenance is needed for the batteries Battery Fuel Gauge The battery fuel gauge on the cardiograph display consists of five segments The battery charge displayed is an average of both batteries When both batteries are fully charged all five segme
30. 7 part number 453563479711 If the unit is upside down turn it right side up carefully as the loosened screws will fall out Using a Phillips head screwdriver remove the rear console cover by carefully removing the two 2 M5 x 12mm nylon screws from the rear of the top cover Figure 6 32 Removing the Rear Console PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 17 _ Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Top Cover 7 Rotate the display as shown Consider placing something under the display as the weight will tip the cardiograph back Figure 6 33 Rotating the Display Down 8 Remove the two 2 M5 x 12mm screws one on each side of the bracket that attach the top cover to the hinge bracket Figure 6 34 Removing the Screws From the Hinge Bracket 6 18 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 9 Lift the top cover slightly and disconnect the PS2 keyboard cable from the main control board Be sure to grasp the collar when removing the connector as shown Figure 6 35 Disconnecting the Keyboard Cable Beane 10 Fully remove the cover and set it aside Replacing the Top Cover CAUTIONS When you replace the top cover make sure the cardiograph is securely mounted to the cart or is on a large stable surface Failure to do so can cause the cardiograph to tip The nylon screws are made of a composite that can be easily damaged Be careful when removi
31. 77 on page 6 47 Replacing the Power Supply Assembly To replace the power supply assembly 1 2 on A a Be sure the insulator material is positioned under the power supply Connect the ground spade lug connector to the power supply See Figure 6 77 on page 6 47 It is much easier to connect the ground spade lug connector before you insert the power supply Replace the power supply in the main housing Insert the four 4 M3 screws that secure the power supply to the main housing using a Torx T10 driver Connect the J1 J2 J3 connectors See Figure 6 77 on page 6 47 Attach the top cover See page 6 17 Insert the batteries See page 6 3 Plug the AC power cord into the power source Removing and Replacing the Printer Control Board CAUTION 6 48 Always wear an electrostatic wrist band or other approved method for protection against electrostatic discharge when disconnecting and handling the printer control board Removing the Printer Control Board To remove the print control board 1 2 3 Unplug the AC power cord Remove the batteries See page 6 3 Remove the top cover See page 6 17 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Printer Control Board 4 Disconnect the J2 J3 J4 J7 and J9 connectors by grasping the connector wires and 5 pulling straight up Figure 6 78 Printer Control Board J2 J3 J4 J7 J9 Connectors a
32. Assembly 6 51 Removing and Replacing the Top of Form Sensor Cable Harness 6 58 Removing and Replacing the Display Hinge Bracket 6 60 Removing and Replacing the On Standby Label 6 62 6 1 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Required Tools Required Tools Use the following tools to remove and replace the cardiograph subassemblies 1 Phillips Head screwdriver T10 Torx driver T15 Torx driver T25 Torx driver Optional T25 Torx T handle driver with 8 long shank available from Philips Medical Systems part number 453563479711 Diagonal cutters for cutting cable ties 5 mm and 8 mm hex nut drivers 13 mm open end wrench Tweezers Small flat bladed screwdriver Removing and Replacing Batteries 6 2 Removing the Batteries To remove the batteries 1 2 Unplug the AC power cord Make sure the AC power switch at the rear of the cardiograph is turned to the Off position and the green AC power indicator light is not illuminated Figure 6 11 AC power light indicator AC power indicator light For an overview of cardiograph components see PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components on page 1 11 Unscrew the battery door using a Phillips head screwdriver PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing Batteries 3 Pull the tabs to remove the batteries Figure 6 12 Removing the Batteries WARNING
33. CF defibrillator proof 4 Suitable for all patient applications including direct cardiac application System is in continuous operation Alternating current Standby Indicates that the cardiograph is receiving alternating voltages Pressing the button with this symbol on it puts the cardiograph into Standby power saving mode Equipotential grounding post Equipotential grounding post used for establishing common ground between instruments Fuse Cardiograph contains a 1 5 amp 250V time delay fuse Input The connector near this symbol receives an incoming signal Electrostatic Discharge Do not touch exposed pins Touching exposed pins can cause electrostatic discharge which can damage the cardiograph PIM Patient Interface Module Attention Attention see PageWriter Touch Instructions for Use for information on PIM RJ 11 receptacle Serial Number The number next to this symbol is the serial number of the cardiograph TEPNY olee Product model number The number next to this symbol is the product model number of the cardiograph IPXO Entry of liquids Cardiograph has ordinary protection against the entry of liquids Entry of liquids The PIM Patient Interface Module is protected IPX4 against splashing water Water splashed against the PIM from any direction shall have no harmful effect PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 3 Introduction
34. CRC m The PIM Kernel CRC is checked each time the cardiograph returns to active use from Standby thereby verifying that the PIM kernel software is appropriate wm The PIM kernel is not localized PIM Boot Rev The PIM Boot revision is checked each time the cardio graph returns to active use from Standby PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 5 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility Table 5 4 Service Utility Revisions Fields continued Field Name Description PIM Boot CRC a The PIM Boot CRC is checked each time the cardiograph returns to active use from Standby thereby verifying that the PIM Boot software is appropriate The PIM boot software is not localized Printer Software Date m The printer control board software date m The printer software is not localized Storage Storage RAM MB Load ag 2096 Archive Storage Free Total 59 8MB 124 8 PCMCIA Storage 31 1MB 124 8 Free Total 31 1MB 124 8 USB Drive Storage snotfounds Free Total not found Table 5 5 Service Utility Storage Fields Field Name Description RAM MB Load a Displays actual RAM usage in MB a Displays percentage of total RAM available in MB synchronous DRAM a Totals greater than 50 indicate a problem Archive Storage Free Total a Displays available memory for ECG Archive storage The number of EGGs stored in the internal archive is intentionally limited to 1
35. Cardiograph Service Manual Contents 7 Configuring Network Settings 0 cece cence eee nen hh 8 4 About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP 8 5 Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings 0 2 cece eee eee eee 8 6 Configuring a Remote Site Connection with Modem eee eee eee 8 7 About XML Versions ssi vete e Sas TERRIER tette etis tt 8 8 Remote Site Security Feature 0 0 eee cece eee n 8 9 Testing TraceMasterVue Remote Site Connectivity 2 eee eee eee eee 8 11 Editing Remote Site Settings 0 2 2 cece eee eect eee eens 8 12 Configuring OrderVue Settings 20 ccc ect eee tenet e ee eeees 8 13 Creating an Inbox aces ees eid nn RR ESI SOA AC AR e Oe URL RR CR ed 8 14 General OrderVue Settings 0 2c cece cece eee eh 8 16 Testing Order Inbox Connectivity 0 2 eee eee cee eee ene eee eens 8 16 Editing Inbox Settings serrr aore cece cence ehe 8 17 Configuring Institution Settings 0 2 0 0 eee eee ee eee e 8 17 About the Facility and Department Fields 2 0 cece eee eee eee eee 8 18 Appendix A Software Installation Instructions About Software Versions x fests iat RR WENA CAN WE RE RA RR tp ent A 2 C01 Upsgrade Kit ena oe ee RUNS es be A 2 Standard Software Installation Procedure 0 0 ccc cee eee eee A 3 Installing the Software 2 2 0 cece ce teen hh hme A 5 Saving Archived ECGs
36. Lead Wire Cleaning 0 ce cece cece eee eee eens 3 2 Reusable Electrode Cleaning 2 ce eee cece eee eee cece e 3 3 Special Note about Welsh Bulb Electrodes 00 eee ee eese 3 3 Print Head Cleaning eot eR RE Ry Goa eb dee ada due 3 4 Printer Paper wees sip cie8 ey ites eye Oe eS ES eee Bee eee nR RES eek EE LUE 3 5 Tearing Papers ena Sar See ee ie herp Sapte eo Ave Sekt de ge eat dae 3 6 Battery Maintenance and Care 1 1 eee ee eee ee 3 6 Charging the Batteries 20 cece cece ce cee I 3 7 Calibrating the Batteries llleleeeeeeeeee eI 3 7 Replacing the Batteries 2 2 eee eee eee eee eee I 3 8 Replacing the AC Fuses 12 0 0 cece ee eee eee eee eee eee e nee eeeeeee 3 10 Replacing the Lead Wires in the PIM 0 20 2 0 eee ee errenneren 3 12 Configuring the 16 Lead PIM 0 0 eee eect III 3 14 Cardiograph and Accessory Disposal 2 eee eee cece eee eee eee eens 3 18 Maintaining the Touch Screen 2 cece ccc eee n nee e eee ees 3 18 Touch Screen Calibration 4e sated Sah he E REX well eR PESE 3 18 Touch Screen Cleaning 2 0 cece ee cece ee 3 19 Setting the Date and Time llle 3 19 Diskette and Disk Drive Maintenance lssseeeeee eI 3 20 Barcode Reader Maintenance 0 cece cece cee hh 3 20 Calibrating the Barcode Reader 0 cece eee eee eee teen eeee 3 21 Removing the Carriage Return
37. PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 Introduction Important Patient and Safety Information When operating the cardiograph on AC power ensure that the cardiograph and all other electrical equipment connected to or near the patient are effectively grounded Use only grounded power cords three wire power cords with grounded plugs and grounded electrical outlets Never adapt a grounded plug to fit an ungrounded outlet by removing the ground prong or ground clip If an ungrounded plug adapter is required use a ground strap to connect the equipotential post rear of the cardiograph see page 1 13 to the power source ground Use the equipotential post when redundant earth ground is necessary according to IEC 60601 1 If a safe ground connection is not ensured operate the cardiograph on battery power only The use of equipment that applies high frequency voltages to the patient including electrosurgical equipment and some respiration transducers is not supported and may produce undesired results Periodically inspect the patient data cable lead wires and AC power cord for any worn or cracked insulation Keep the patient data cable away from power cords and any other electrical equipment Failure to do so can result in AC power line frequency interference on the ECG trace The Philips Medical Systems patient data cable supplied with cardiograph is an integral part of the cardiograph safety features Use of any other patient
38. Ping 2 25 eee RD RUDI Ede n RULES RE 5 13 Sereen T eSE orar ede ppt ecu bte eai belt sid eme ga epe Ee 5 13 Serial Loopback iste ects a Sash eae e tt tbe ent eta ale m Nap ha 5 13 Suspend Button 2 22 eed bes ee edd oe ieee ee pa 5 13 Touch Screen vec xu epe Ex eas RR REY e YR ony eee See kes 5 13 PUT BSUS i i Sankt aes SOG RAS IR PETE AON EE QA Te RC PR AR VA e es 5 14 Working with the Diagnostic Tests 5 14 Using the Software Installation Utility llle 5 15 System Log Feature 1 0 cc cece eee ee ee eh Ih 5 16 Additional Service Utility Functions llle 5 18 Change Access Code slssleeeeeeeeeee eee 5 18 Calibrate Batteries 7 acne Catch VO OS e SIR RO PIG IS Sag n igit d 5 18 Refresh Data 0 63 ve ones tie o a pu e e a a lalg ROCHE ale a 5 18 PrintStatus cy cas cup tates ke rwr a che dee ver vae Sauces Meee aS 5 18 Restart Unity ova sese CIR ERA RENS PURA DR RNCUN PEI canbe een 5 18 Accessing the Windows CE Desktop 2 cece eee eect Ih 5 18 DC Voltage Test Points 2 2 2 eee cece eee tee Im 5 19 Print Head Static Brush Resistance to Ground Test 0 0 eee eese 5 20 Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues 2 0 eee eee eee eee ete een ee eeee 5 21 Archive oes tato cuales 65 S Rp N PO X este eate oats Se e Sar doi sc oL e set 5 22 Barcode Readers sonos opea operi neue Sen d etg ee SRE ge 5 27 Batteries and AC Power ic dece oe per e peek e e SES EE QC REN E ORC 5 28 Disk
39. Replacing the Display 0 sees e eee eee eee eee e eens 6 20 Removing the Display 0 cece ee eect III 6 20 Replacing the Display 0 eee cece eee III eeeee 6 22 Replacing the Display Hinge 2 2 0 eee eee cee eect III 6 23 Removing and Replacing the Keyboard Assembly 00 2 eee eee eee 6 27 Removing the Keyboard Assembly 0 cece eee eee cette ee eens 6 27 Replacing the Keyboard Assembly 0 see e eee 6 28 Removing and Replacing the Diskette Drive 0 cece eee eee eee ee eee 6 29 Removing the Diskette Drive llle 6 29 Replacing the Diskette Drive 00 0 cece eee eee teen teens 6 30 Removing and Replacing the Printer Gearbox 0 eee eee eect eee ences 6 30 Removing the Printer Gearbox 0 2 2 cece eee hh 6 30 Replacing the Printer Gearbox 0 2 0 eee cece eee ene eens 6 32 Removing and Replacing the Print Head eee eee eee eee eee eens 6 33 Removing the Print Head Assembly 2 cee eee ee eee eee ees 6 33 Replacing the Print Head Assembly 0 0 0 ce eee eee eee eee eee 6 35 Contents 6 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Table of Contents Removing and Replacing the Boot ROM Chip 2 cee ee eee eee eee 6 36 Removing the Boot ROM Chip 0 eee eee eee eee tent eens 6 36 Replacing the Boot ROM Chip 0 cece eee eee eee ee
40. Set Type drop down list Do one of the following depending on whether you follow AAMI or IEC lead standards Press the space bar to select AHA AAMI lead standard Press the space bar then press the down arrow key to select IEC lead standard Press the Tab key to highlight the Install Operation drop down list Press the space bar and then the down arrow key to select Partial All Except PIM Note that this selection is different from previous software upgrade installation procedures Press the Tab key to highlight the Source drop down list A 10 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual CAUTION 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Installing the Software Press the space bar to select PC Card Touch the Start Installation button A progress bar window appears and shows the installation status of the software components Refreshing Source Revisions Updating Printer Updating Application Updating Kernel Files The Installation Results window appears and displays the message System Restart is required to load the kernel The screen will turn off for up to 5 minutes while loading the kernel and then unit will start again automatically WARNING DO NOT REMOVE POWER OR RESET THE UNIT DURING THIS PROCESS Touch the OK button to restart the cardiograph The cardiograph display shuts off and the printer motor clicks After five minutes the cardiograph restarts Do not unplug the cardiograph from AC power The touch
41. Site name or the modem connection may be unable to connect to the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System The new settings are applied Proceed to test connectivity with TraceMasterVue Or touch the R T ECG button to return to normal cardiograph operation Testing TraceMasterVue Remote Site Connectivity Follow the procedure below to test the configured connectivity settings between the PageWriter Touch cardiograph and TraceMasterVue To ping the TraceMasterVue server from the PageWriter Touch cardiograph 1 2 3 4 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Network tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue Under Network Test type in the IP address of the TraceMasterVue server in the IP Address field Touch the Ping button If the test succeeds proceed to the next step If the test fails consult your network administrator for further networking assistance Touch the Orders tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue Under Search Parameters middle of screen touch the drop down arrow or the displayed Remote Site name to open the drop down list PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 8 11 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings 8 12 Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings Touch the new Remote Site to select it The selected Remote Site appears highlighted on the drop down list Touch
42. Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Reflashing the Kernel Entering Network Connectivity Settings for Upgrades from Software Version A 02 00 or lower If the cardiograph was upgraded from software version A 02 00 or lower to C 01 02 the network settings were not saved to the custom settings file and must be manually entered For information on entering network connectivity settings see Configuring Network Settings on page 8 4 If the wireless LAN option is used with the cardiograph confirm that wireless LAN settings are correctly configured See Wireless LAN Installation on page B 1 for more information Saving Custom Settings for C 01 02 After configuring all settings used with software version C 01 02 save the settings as a custom settings file This custom settings file can be used to load the same settings on multiple cardiographs or can be used to restore setting on the cardiograph Follow the procedure found in Saving Custom Settings on page A 6 NOTE Network settings and Wireless LAN card settings specified in the Aironet Client Utility are saved with the custom settings file Reflashing the Kernel Use these procedure to reflash the kernel on the main control board Flashing the Kernel from the Internal CompactFlash CF Card to the Main Board To flash the main board using the internal CompactFlash CF card 1 Turn off AC power to the cardiograph Ensure that the AC power indicator light front of cardiograph is n
43. address be reset in order to be recognized Using fixed IP addresses will also avoid the problem of having multiple IP addresses assigned to a single cardiograph Auto Negotiation When the cardiograph is connected to a LAN using Auto Negotiation it automatically configures the correct settings for Ethernet speed and mode half or full duplex If the auto negotiation fails it may be necessary to lock a specific switch or router port to a fixed setting for example 100BaseT Full Duplex in order to obtain a connection Issues with the timing of the PageWriter Touch Auto Negotiation have been reported with certain Cisco switches such as the Cisco 4506 To obtain a LAN connection with these switches the specific LAN port and the port on the PageWriter Touch cardiograph may have to be locked down with fixed Ethernet port settings using the Ethernet Adapter settings available under the Network tab on the Configuration screen The cardiograph should only be connected to these locked down ports For more information on networking options or to troubleshoot specific networking issues consult your network administrator Device IP Address The Device IP Address feature displays the current IP address for the cardiograph The IP address is automatically refreshed each time that the cardiograph is fully reset This feature PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Networking Overview may also
44. as described and the main control board is older than November of 2004 update the Boot ROM firmware as described in the following procedure You do not need to save the cardiograph s configuration or reload software You will need following equipment for this procedure a AMP PLSS chip extraction tool 453564016261 Failure to follow the BOOT ROM replacement procedure may result in a damaged main control board Removing the Boot ROM Chip To update the Boot ROM firmware 1 Unplug the AC power cord 2 Remove the batteries See page 6 3 3 Remove the top cover See page 6 16 4 Locate the Boot ROM next to the CompactFlash card See Figure 7 2 on page 7 5 for the bottom housing assembly diagram 5 Check the version number on the label Verify that the version is V1 78 or older If so proceed with the next step PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Boot ROM Chip 6 Insert the curved end of the AMP chip extraction tool into the corner of the socket closest to the Display cable connector Figure 6 65 Inserting the Chip Extraction Tool CAUTION Do not attempt to extract the Boot ROM from the socket on the first try The Boot ROM socket is easily damaged 7 Gently rotate the chip extraction tool to slightly lift the Boot ROM 8 Insert the opposite end of the chip extraction tool into the opposite corner of the socket Figure 6 66 R
45. contact the nearest Response Center See 1 44 for a complete listing of Response Center phone numbers To save a system log file to a diskette PC card or USB memory stick 1 Insertthe removable media into the cardiograph 2 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled 3 Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar 4 Touch the System tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue 5 Under System Logs touch the Save button The Save Logs window appears 6 Select the removable media under the Select Output Destination drop down menu 7 Under Enter Output Filename enter a new file name or keep the default file name Touch the Browse button to select a file directly on the removable media directory 8 Individual log files may be selected under Select System Files to Save It is recommended to save all of the available log files to the removable media 9 Touch the Save button The System Log file is saved to the removable media PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Automatic Maintenance Reset Automatic Maintenance Reset CAUTION The cardiograph requires an Automatic Maintenance Reset when a patient session is completed and either the cardiograph is put into Standby or a feature is selected that ends a patient session selecting the Orders Archive or Configuration button and the cardiograph
46. each circle on the screen When all circles are yellow touch the Done button bottom of screen A message appears that the touch screen calibration has failed Touch Calibration Test Failed or passed Touch Calibration Test Passed Touch the OK button PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 25 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Maintenance Tests 9 Ifthe message Touch Calibration Test Failed appears contact the nearest Philips Response Center see Contacting a Philips Response Center on page 1 31 Screen Test The Screen Test is used to verify the quality of the color displayed on the touch screen To perform the screen test 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar NOTE Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled 2 Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar 3 Touch the Maintenance tab top of screen 4 Touch the Screen Test button 5 A blank gray screen appears Touch the Color button lower left of screen 6 Touch the Pattern button bottom of screen The following image displays 3 26 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Maintenance Tests Figure 3 11 Screen Test Image 7 Look for the following details in the image appearing on the screen The progression of shading from light to dark in the red green and blue bars should be smooth and without breaks The gray lines on top of color bars sh
47. following components as shown in Figure A 2 For information on ordering the Upgrade Kit see Upgrades on page 1 24 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Standard Software Installation Procedure Figure A 2 The C 01 Upgrade Kit A Learning Products Folder B 16 Lead Patient Interface Module PIM optional C PC Card with C 01 02 Software D 16 Lead PIM Accessories lead identification clips lead color clips shorting plugs optional E Disposable Pediatric Tab F User Documentation and Interactive Training Electrodes 100 total optional CDs G Upgrade Instructions Standard Software Installation Procedure Use this procedure when you are upgrading software in an existing working cardiograph The software installation procedure requires the use of a computer with a compatible PCMCIA card slot and internet access The procedure also requires the use of a blank 128 MB or larger CompactFlash CF card and a PC card adapter The memory card and adapter referred to as a PC card may be purchased from Philips using part number 989803127331 The following procedure describes how to download the cardiograph software installation files to the PC card If the PC card with the applicable software is available proceed to Installing the Software on page A 5 Downloading Software From InCenter All software installation files may be downloaded from the Philips InCenter web site found at incenter medical philips com The InCenter
48. following sections provide a detailed description of the various components of the Service Utility interface Figure 5 5 The C 01 02 Service Utility Screen 5 4 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility Revisions Revisions Kernel Rev C15 B25i ENU Application Rev C 01 01 01 ENU PIM Kernel Rev znotfounds PIM Kernel CRC enot found PIM Boot Rev enot founds PIM Boot CRC enot founds Printer SW Date un 06 2006 Table 5 4 Service Utility Revisions Fields Field Name Description Kernel Rev m Otherwise known as the main board OS The Kernel is the compressed Windows CE 3 0 image plus support files required by Windows CE 4 2 for normal system operation m The kernel is localized different languages may have different kernels The kernel localization is indicated after the revision The available kernel localization is ENU English Application Rev m The application software consists of executable and data files which comprise the PageWriter Touch cardiograph application m The application software is localized therefore a different image exists for each language PIM Kernel Rev a The Patient Interface Module PIM is loaded with a separate kernel which enables it to interact with the cardiograph and perform patient data acquisition tasks wm The PIM Kernel Rev is not localized PIM Kernel
49. indicating that the wireless adapter is still not associated to an access point go to step 2 in this procedure PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 55 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 5 56 Table 5 14 LED Indicators continued LED Indicators Red LED off Green LED off Restarting the Cardiograph Recommended Solution 1 Ensure that the wireless adapter is securely inserted into the PC card slot on the rear of the cardiograph 2 Push the On Standby button to put the cardiograph into Standby 3 Push the On Standby button again 4 Check the status LEDs on the wireless adapter If the LEDs are still not illuminated contact the Philips Response Center for further assistance Red LED blinking quickly The wireless adapter is associated to an access Green LED off or blinking slowly point Go to Step 2 in this procedure Launch the Aironet Client Utility On the cardiograph touch the Config button then the Defaults button the Network tab the Wireless Network tab then touch the Configure button next to CISCO Aironet 350 Ensure that the correct profile is selected in the Select Active Profile drop down list Ensure that the message 350 Series Radio is Associated appears on the Aironet Client Utility window If it does not proceed to step 8 Ensure that the access point is turned on and is operating If the wireless adapter still cannot associate with the access point contact your networ
50. interconnect to the main housing Disconnect the cable marked diskette drive from the diskette drive Disconnect the cable marked magnetic card reader from the magnetic card reader if present Lift the main cable harness from the main housing Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly To replace the main cable harness 1 2 3 Connect the cable marked magnetic card reader into the magnetic card reader if present Connect the cable marked diskette drive into the diskette drive Using a Torx T10 driver insert the three M3 x 6mm screws to secure the battery interconnect to the bottom housing Attach the J9 connector to the printer control board See Figure 6 78 on page 6 49 Attach cable ties at the three locations described in step 12 of the previous section Removing the Main Cable Harness Assembly Remove any excess CAUTION Do not stress the wires going to the battery interconnect board directly below the middle cable tie PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 55 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly CAUTION 6 56 6 7 12 Attach the J22 connector to the main control board See Figure 6 71 on page 6 42 Attach the J2 and J3 connectors to the power supply assembly See Figure 6 77 on page 6 47 Attach the J5 J6 J7 and J12 connectors to the main control board See Figure 6 71 on page 6 42 Insert the ferrite i
51. is communicating properly with the cardiograph If the message PIM Test Failed appears it may indicate a problem with the PIM or with the PIM data cable Contact the nearest Philips Response Center see page 1 32 Keyboard Test K To test the keyboard 1 From the Service Utility select Keyboard from the Diagnostic Tests drop down list upper right side of screen Touch Start The Keyboard Test window appears Keyboard Test To perform tet 1 Press each hey press wili be indicated on mage of ier ooard 2 Press the Fo plus PgDn bey to test fe Fn hey 3 If tero 0 key does NOR responda press he numiocx hey and ry agen 4 Press the suepend buton to end fe test Press each key on the keyboard If a key is highlighted the key is registered The keyboard layout displayed on the test screen may be slightly different than the actual cardiograph keyboard Follow the instructions on the screen to test the FN or ALT keys The Num Lock key is not functional and will not highlight After all keys are highlighted select Done PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Performance Verification and Safety Tests Performance Verification Tests 6 Select Close The test is not successful if one or more keys is not recognized when you press them Modem Test M To test the modem 1 Insert an approved modem card in to the PC card slot located in the back of the cardiograph From the Service Utility select Fax
52. not remove or replace the PIM while the cardiograph is in active use Connect the 12 lead or the 16 lead PIM patient data cable to the RJ 11 receptacle located on the right side of the cardiograph if necessary The C 01 02 software application includes a new PIM firmware version that supports the C 01 02 12 lead or 16 lead PIM Once the cardiograph application and kernel are installed the software will automatically detect the type of PIM that is connected to the cardiograph In the following section the PIM firmware will be loaded on the PIM WARNING To ensure safety and prevent damage to the system ONLY connect the patient data cable to the correct RJ 11 receptacle on the right side of the cardiograph A 8 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Installing the Software WARNING Do not connect the patient data cable into the LAN port or into the optional modem card connector 5 Ensure that the green AC power indicator light is lit front of cardiograph see Figure A 7 on page 8 If the AC power indicator light is not lit check that the cardiograph is plugged into AC power with the AC power switch set to the On position M 71 e O a o JOT 6 EN eo After about thirty seconds the cardiograph beeps and the PageWriter Touch software identification screen appears PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual A 9 NOTE NOTE NOTE CAUTION 13
53. othe SECO I Rake Seas CR RE RES a 1 15 Touch Screen Displays seanse sero n d cece cece eee ee eee e 1 15 Batteries 4 cessa eue one PRG IE REA ORO d EVER EIN R4 X EROR sees EE 1 15 Patient Interface Module PIM lseleleeeeeeBI 1 15 Configuring the 16 Lead PIM 2 2 2 eee eee ee ee eee I 1 17 Connecting the PIM to the Cardiograph 0 eee eee ee eee eee eee eee 1 21 Placing the PIM in the Cardiograph Cradle 2 0 cee eee eee ee eee eee 1 22 installation cerle ee ebur u her qae EV ra wh a Er alee wd Bea ES 1 23 Options and Accessories 0 2 0 cece eect eee n tenet een eeeeee 1 23 Standard Accessories ecce sls tes re ee tee Cee ees ee eRe a ae 1 24 Upgrades comente REI RRUSREqUIUCEE IISQUE Ves Gilles eter Pe 1 24 Supplies and Ordering Information 00 ce eee eee eee eect ee 1 25 Ordering SUpplieS cote Gore 4 03 eh bee Ete eo Suey touted diamine tes 1 25 Special Note about Welsh Bulb Electrodes llle eee eee eee 1 26 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Supply Part Numbers 2 02 ee 1 27 PIM Patience Data Cables sc oeuf etas Suri ea Ex BER RE RR RO E ahe 1 27 Complete Lead Sets 2 0 eee eee eee tee eee e ence ete n eens 1 27 Replacement Lead Sets and Accessories 2 0 eee e eee eee eee neces 1 27 Electrodes ait ee wa ge atm EAS now aedis Fame te M edu ten 1 28 Printer Pape tics ose eres PE e god e et eb e e eg 1 28 Batteries ouod exe dea ta eet ge xb oA My eM
54. power at regularly inter vals in order to fully recharge the batteries 5 29 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Diskette Drive Table 5 13 Symptom The message An unfor matted disk has been inserted appears when unsuccessfully trying to eject a diskette from the diskette drive Diskette Drive Troubleshooting Possible Cause amp Investigative Step The eject button was only partially pressed m The diskette drive may be damaged Action Select No when asked to format this drive and close the dialog box Press the diskette eject button firmly in one motion Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Confirmation The diskette ejects and no message displays Solution m The diskette drive software can misinterpret the status of the diskette in the drive when the eject button is only partially pressed If the problem persists the diskette drive may need to be replaced Transferring 5 to 6 ECGs from the Archive to diskette fails when there should be enough space on the diskette Application error Action Copy 4 ECG files then copy the remaining 2 ECG files ECGs are subsequently copied without error The cardiograph soft ware overestimates the amount of diskette space required to transfer five to six ECGs causing the batch copy operation to fail the free space check The cardiograph is unre ponsive after touching the Cancel button when the message Floppy Unmount Faile
55. proper use of the calibration startup screen Reinforce the need to tap the screen after touching the crosshairs or the calibration settings will not be saved The cardiograph must be serviced in order to inspect and possibly replace the touch screen the cabling or the main controller board 5 32 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Keyboard Table 5 2 Symptom Keyboard is unresponsive Keyboard Troubleshooting Possible Cause Keyboard controller has experienced a failure Action Press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph and then launch the Service Utility Run the Keyboard test from the Service Utility see page 5 33 Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Confirmation Unable to enter the Service Utility after restart The keyboard is still unresponsive Solution The cardiograph must be serviced in order to inspect and possibly replace the keyboard the cabling or the main controller board Keyboard controller subsystem has experi ence a failure Action Press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph and then launch the Service Utility Run the Keyboard test from the Service Utility see page 5 33 The keyboard is now functional If the failure persists the cardiograph must be serviced to inspect and to possibly replace the keyboard cabling or the main controller board PageWriter Touc
56. reassemble any part of the cardiograph make sure to route and dress all cables and wires as they were originally configured This chapter includes the following information Required Tools 1 2 0 cece cece eee e 6 2 Removing and Replacing Batteries 2000 6 2 Patient Interface Module PIM 0 0 cee eee eee es 6 4 Removing and Replacing the AC Fuses 6 8 Removing and Replacing the Paper Tray 6 9 Removing and Replacing the Cart Casters 6 10 Removing and Replacing the Cart Base 6 14 Removing and Replacing the Cart Top Assembly 6 15 Removing and Replacing the Top Cover 6 16 Removing and Replacing the Display 4 6 20 Removing and Replacing the Keyboard Assembly 6 27 Removing and Replacing the Diskette Drive 6 29 Removing and Replacing the Printer Gearbox 6 30 Removing and Replacing the Print Head 6 33 Removing and Replacing the Boot ROM Chip 6 36 Removing and Replacing the Main Control Board 6 40 Restoring Files from the Compact Flash Card 6 45 Removing and Replacing the Power Supply Assembly 6 47 Removing and Replacing the Printer Control Board 6 48 Removing and Replacing the Magnetic Card Reader 6 50 Removing and Replacing the Main Cable Harness
57. received into the application buffers in RAM These buffers are used to present the signal data on the real time screen When the user initiates an Auto ECG report print presses the Action button on the PIM or the Snapshot button on the display or is using the Timed ECG acquisition corresponding 10 second segments of the signal data are then copied to the temporary ECG storage memory in RAM These 10 second segments are named ECG reports that can be previewed and printed In the case of Auto mode the ECG report may automatically print without any user intervention An ECG report contains signal data analysis information patient demographics and acquisition information along with operator and device information See the PageWriter Touch XML schema for a complete description of the contents of the ECG data record The XML schema is available as a part of the XML utilities and may be downloaded from the Philips InCenter site For information on using the InCenter site see Using the Philips InCenter Site on page 1 30 If the Auto Save When Print option is enabled or the user selects Save button on the Index screen the ECG report is saved in the XML format to the internal Main Archive For software version C 01 02 and higher the XML version that ECG data is saved may be specified as XML version 1 03 or version 1 04 This archive is non volatile and resides on the internal CompactFlash CF card Index files with a cdb extension are also m
58. remaining battery capacity expressed as a percentage of Full Charge Capacity Percent Full Remaining Capacity Total mAh Full Charge Capacity mAh Run Time to Empty min m The predicted remaining battery life at the present rate of discharge Charge Current mA m The battery s desired charging rate Cycle Count a The number of complete charge discharge cycles the battery has experienced a A cycle is defined as a discharge to a level 15 below full charge followed by a full charge Diagnostic Tests Available in the Service Utility The following tests are available from the Diagnostic Tests drop down menu Touch the Start button to start any test Diagnostic Tests Touchscreen PCCard PCMCIA Storage USB Drive Storage Printer All Auto Tests Audio Tests whether the cardiograph is emitting sound PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 11 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility 5 12 NOTE To test audio 1 Select Audio from the drop down list and touch Start The test emits an audible beeping tone 2 Touch Stop to stop the tone The Test Result Confirmation dialog box appears confirming that you heard the tones The result is stored in the Cumulative Results section Barcode Reader In order to properly perform the Barcode Reader Test ensure that the barcode scanner is attached to the connector 4N on the rear of the cardiograph To test th
59. required the message Calibration Not Required appears top of window and the calibration process stops Touch the Stop button and then touch the Cancel button to close the window Replacing the Batteries WARNING Properly dispose of or recycle depleted batteries according to local regulations Do not disassemble puncture or incinerate the disposed batteries WARNING There is a danger of explosion if the batteries are not replaced correctly Carefully follow the instructions for replacing the batteries Only use batteries with Philips part number 989803129131 To determine if the batteries need to be replaced check the Battery Full Charge Capacity value on the Battery Status window If the displayed value for this field meets or exceeds the value listed in Table 3 4 the batteries will require replacement This value can also be accessed from the Service Utility For more information on using the Service Utility see page 5 2 UJ 8 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Battery Maintenance and Care To open the battery status window 1 Double tap the battery icon located on the Status Bar of any active software screen Figure 3 4 Battery Power Indicator on the Status Bar ID 12345 Name Doe John T v 118 A 5 60 Paced Unknown 25 mm sec 3 7 26 2007 nw al A 9m 15 150 He 7 2 io mm mv 1 S Custom Settings 4 23 46 PM A Battery level indi
60. screen calibration screen appears Complete the calibration The Set Date and Time screen appears Set the current date and time Touch the OK button The cardiograph splash screen appears After the Please Wait progress window disappears touch the screen Follow the next procedure to load the PIM firmware Loading the PIM Firmware To load the PIM firmware 1 0 N Oo Uu Follow steps 6 through 10 from the previous section Installing the C 01 Software Application and Kernel to access the PageWriter Touch Service Utility Touch the Software Installation Utility button Under Installation Settings center of screen the Language drop down list is highlighted in blue Press the space bar to select ENU English Press the Tab key to highlight the Lead Set Type drop down list Do one of the following depending on whether you follow AAMI or IEC lead standards Press the space bar to select AHA AAMI lead standard Press the space bar then press the down arrow key to select IEC lead standard Press the Tab key to highlight the Install Operation drop down list Press the space bar and then the down arrow key to select PIM Press the Tab key to highlight the Source drop down list Press the space bar to select PC Card Touch the Start Installation button A progress bar window appears and displays the status of the PIM firmware installation Refreshing Source Revisions Updating PIM PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Ser
61. security options as described in Table B 1 Table B 1 PageWriter Touch Supported Security Options PageWriter Touch Wireless Adapter Setting Perce Point seting No Security No Security WEP WEP with Static Keys WEP with Dynamic Keys B 1 Wireless LAN Installation Wireless LAN FAQs Table B 1 PageWriter Touch Supported Security Options continued PageWriter Touch Wireless Adapter Setting Access Point Setting LEAP m LEAP and WEP LEAP and WEP with Per Packet Keying LEAP WPA LEAP WPA with TKIP support For more detailed information on wireless security options and features see the Cisco Aironet Wireless LAN Client Adapters Installation and Configuration Guide for Windows CE available for download from www cisco com Wireless LAN FAQs Question Does the cardiograph always need to be reset after making changes to the Aironet Client Utility Answer Yes the cardiograph must always be reset in order to permanently save changes to the Aironet Client Utility If No is selected the changes will only be in effect until the next time that the cardiograph is reset Is WEP Wired Equivalency Privacy encryption supported Yes Dynamic or Static WEP keys are supported at both the 40 bit and 128 bit encryption levels Is TKIP Temporal Key Integrity Protocol encryption supported Yes Support for TKIP is available through LEAP WPA Is EAP Extensible No Authentication Pro
62. site requires an active registration and password For more information on using the Philips InCenter site see Using the Philips InCenter Site on page 1 30 To download software files from the InCenter site you must have a blank CompactFlash CF card with a minimum capacity of 128 MB and have access to a a laptop or other device that provides a CompactFlash CF card or PC card access PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual A 3 A 4 Standard Software Installation Procedure To download software installation files 1 2 NOTE NOTE NOTE 10 Software Insert the CompactFlash CF card into the PC card adapter Insert the PC card into the card reader in a laptop or other device Go to the InCenter site incenter medical philips com and enter your login information For information on registering for the InCenter site see Using the Philips InCenter Site on page 1 30 On the top menu bar top of screen click on Service From the drop down menu select Software Software Downloads and then Diagnostic ECG The Diagnostic ECG Software Downloads screen appears Figure A 3 InCenter Service Menu Service Sales amp Marketing Q amp R Help Products amp Solutions Software Downloads Defibrillators Software Vulnerability Diagnostic ECG Patient Monitoring Select PageWriter from the side menu left side of screen Then select PageWriter Touch The PageWriter Touch software download screen appears Sele
63. the cardiograph Main controller error Action Remove the modem card or PC card from the PC card slot Press the On Standby button to put the cardio graph in Standby Insert the modem card into the PC card slot Press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph The modem card functions normally Reenforce to user the need to put the cardio graph in Standby before removing or replacing the modem card 5 40 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Printed ECGs Table 5 6 describes issues with printed ECGs Table 5 6 Printed ECG Troubleshooting Issue Possible Cause amp Confirmation Solution Investigative Steps ECGs retrieved from a The ECG originates ECG was not generated Legacy ECG files or TraceMasterVue from a PageWriter XLi by a PageWriter Touch ECG files not supported Remote Site and printed or other legacy or PageWriter Trim on the PageWriter on the cardiograph cardiograph cardiograph Touch Frank leads can appear different from Action Inspect the have the following other ECGs printed on printed report date and differences when the cardiograph Aa eae ee printed m Pacer tick marks are not present Custom lead names do not appear on the ECG Fullinterpretation is printed regardless of original interpretation settings m Ifan ECG is printed that used the Frank lead system three rhyt
64. the phone connector is properly inserted into the modem card and the modem has a dial tone Damaged cabling or disconnected cabling or damaged modem card ECG transmission requires reliable connection to analog phone line and functional modem card 5 22 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 1 Error Message or Problem Cannot Access Selected Archive Verify floppy disk is not write protected Insert floppy disk Press OK to try again Archive Troubleshooting continued Possible Cause amp Investigative Step The Selected Archive is a diskette and there is no diskette inserted into the diskette drive or the diskette is not inserted all the way into the diskette drive m The diskette is write protected The Archive cannot open a write protected diskette Action Check that the diskette is inserted completely into the drive and that the green indicator light on the diskette drive is lit Ensure diskette is not write protected and that the files on the diskette can be accessed Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Confirmation Operation succeeds after retry or with different diskette Explanation Diskettes are susceptible to wear and defects that may render them incom patible with the cardio graph diskette drive PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 23 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5
65. the PIM load the PIM software from the internal CompactFlash CF card as described in Appendix A Software Installation Instructions on page B 5 WARNING To ensure personal safety and to prevent damage to the system connect the data cable only to the RJ 11 receptacle located on the right side of the cardiograph Do not connect the data cable into the LAN port or into the optional modem card dongle Replacing the PIM Data Cable To replace the data cable 1 Unscrew the PIM cover using a Phillips head screwdriver See page 6 3 Figure 6 20 Unscrewing the PIM Cover ead wire labeling Lead connector PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 7 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the AC Fuses 2 Disconnect and replace the data cable Make sure to attach the foam gasket Figure 6 21 Disconnecting the Data Cable Foam gasket 3 Attach the PIM cover Removing and Replacing the AC Fuses The AC fuses need to be replaced when the cardiograph is plugged into AC power with the AC power switch turned to the On position but the green AC power indicator light does not illuminate For information about replacing fuses see Replacing the AC Fuses on page 3 10 6 8 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Paper Tray Removing and Replacing the Paper Tray Removing the Paper Tray To remove the paper tray
66. the Reset button located next to the USB port in the back of the cardiograph Wait approximately 40 seconds for the cardiograph to reboot Figure 4 1 Rebooting the Cardiograph 7 z Reset button Gentle pressure only lt a M9 10101 gt Ow AO O e e J A AC Power Switch If the cardiograph does not reboot 1 Turn the AC power switch to the Off position Check that the AC power indicator light front of the cardiograph is not lit Open the battery door and remove both batteries Wait 40 seconds then insert both batteries at the same time Ensure that both batteries are fully seated in the battery compartment Turn the AC power switch to the On position A successful reboot displays the PageWriter Touch software identification screen followed by the R T real time ECG screen If an error code displays during power on the reboot test failed PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 4 7 Performance Verification and Safety Tests 4 8 NOTE Performance Verification Tests The following self tests are automatically performed during reboot RAM Software CRC Test Flash Memory onboard CompactFlash CF and internal CompactFlash CF PIM Status PCMCIA Detect AVL Battery Voltage Test Individual Functional Tests The following tests are accessed from the Service Utility For more detailed information on these tests see Chapter 5 Diagnostics and
67. the Test Search button right side of screen The Test Search window appears The selected Remote Site is shown in the Remote Orders Server drop down list Touch the Refresh button under Server Folders middle of screen The Server Folders are OrderVue Outboxes that are available on the TraceMasterVue Remote Site Touch a specific Outbox to select it for the test Enter information into the applicable fields under Patent Data This information will be used to search for orders in the selected Outbox Use the wildcard character to expand the search criteria Enter as much information as necessary to retrieve an order from the selected Outbox 11 When done touch the Search button bottom of screen Orders that match the entered search criteria appear on the screen If the test is successful proceed to the next section Configuring OrderVue Settings on page 8 13 If the test is not successful and no orders appear on the screen try entering more specific search information or consult your network administrator if network connectivity issues occur Editing Remote Site Settings To change remote site network or modem settings 1 2 3 NOTE Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Remote Sites tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue Under Remote Sites Archive touch the drop down arrow button to display the drop down list of co
68. top left of screen touch the drop down arrow button or the displayed Archive name to display the drop down list of available Archives Touch an Archive to select it The selected Archive is highlighted in blue and appears under Selected Archive top left of screen The ECGs in the selected Archive appear on the ECG list center of screen The Main Archive ID Complete Archive contains all ECGs that can be transferred to a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System Touch the ECG to be transferred To select multiple ECGs touch the first ECG to be selected and then press and hold the Shift key on keyboard Continue to select ECGs by pressing the up and down arrow keys on the keyboard Do not select multiple ECGs by touching a single ECG and then dragging across the screen Doing so may cause the cardiograph to freeze and discontinue normal operation If the cardiograph does not operate normally it will require a full reset See Restarting the Cardiograph on page 5 48 for more information When all ECGs have been selected touch the Transfer button on the Context Toolbar The Transfer button on the Context Toolbar will be grayed out and cannot be used if an ECG with incomplete required patient information is selected to be transferred The Copy Selected ECGs window appears Under Select Copy Destination touch the drop down arrow button to display the drop down list Touch a destination to select it The selected destination is highlighted
69. using a T10 Torx driver NOTE Pay close attention to the ground lug location under one screw as shown Ensure that the ground lug is positioned so that it does not touch adjacent components Figure 6 75 Location of Ground Lug 5 Replace the J8 and J9 connectors NOTE Make sure that the J8 and J9 connectors are oriented as shown Figure 6 76 Position of the J8 and J9 Connectors 6 Insert display cable into bracket See Figure 6 43 on page 6 23 7 Re attach the J5 J6 J7 J12 and J22 connectors See Figure 6 71 on page 6 42 6 44 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Restoring Files from the Compact Flash Card 10 11 12 13 14 15 Re attach keyboard connector See page 6 20 Replace the top cover See page 6 19 Re insert the PC card if one was present previously Reconnect any peripherals or cables that were attached to the rear panel Connect the PIM See page 6 6 Install the batteries See page 6 3 Plug the AC power cord into the power source After you replace the main board reload the cardiograph software using the appropriate procedure outlined in Appendix A Software Installation Instructions Restoring Files from the Compact Flash Card If you are unable to save the custom configuration settings on the cardiograph or transfer ECGs from the internal Main Archive use the following procedures to restore the files from the CF card To remove the
70. 0 ECGs to internal flash memory m 2to3 ECGs ona 1 44 MB diskette typical m Upto 150 ECGs per 128 MB PCMCIA card optional PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual C 3 Specifications Technical Specifications C 4 ECG File Formats XML and XML SVG Power and Environment Line Power 100 240 Vac 50 60 Hz 150 VA max Environmental Operating Conditions m 15 to 35 C 59 to 95 F a 15 to 70 relative humidity non condensing m Upto 4 550 m 15 000 ft altitude Environmental Storage Conditions m 0 to 40 C 0 to 104 P m 15 to 80 relative humidity non condensing a Upto 4 550 m 15 000 ft altitude Cardiograph Dimensions m 450 wide x 458 mm deep x 170 mm height 17 7 in wide x 18 0 in deep x 6 7 in height Cardiograph Weight m 13 kg 28 Ib including accessories Cardiograph Shipping Container Dimension a 551 mm wide x 579 mm deep x 381 mm height 21 7 in wide x 22 8 in deep x 15 0 in height Cardiograph Shipping Container Weight 16 6 kg 36 5 Ib Cardiograph Cart Dimensions a 505 mm wide x 617 mm deep x 927 mm height 19 9 in wide x 24 3 in deep x 36 5 in height PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Safety and Performance Specifications Cardiograph Cart Weight 23 kg 51 Ibs Cardiograph Cart Shipping Container Dimension 655 mm wide x 749 mm deep x 1069 mm height Cardiograph Cart Container Weight 33 kg 73 Ib Safety and Performance Meets or exceeds the fo
71. 1 Visual Inspection patient module battery fuse 3 PowerOmtes labels or cart 3 Functional tests specific to components repaired External repairs where the 1 Visual Inspection cardiograph case is not opened 3 Power On test but involving the patient module patient lead set or patient data 3 ECG simulation test cable s 4 Functional tests specific to components repaired Internal repairs where the 1 Visual Inspection cardiograph case is opened 2 Power On test 3 ECG simulation 4 Safety tests S1 S2 and S3 plus functional tests specific to components repaired Software Upgrades via external 1 Power On test Upgrades Tests Required Test Blocks Required PCMCIA slot PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 4 3 Performance Verification and Safety Tests Test and Inspection Matrix Test and Inspection Matrix The following Test and Inspection Matrix describes the various test blocks expected test results and what you need to document on the service record Table 4 2 Test Block Name Test and Inspection Matrix Test or Inspection to Perform Expected Passing Test Results What to Record on a Service Record Visual Inspection V Perform visual inspection m If there is no V P pass apparent wear V F fail damage or corrosion the visual inspection passes Power On PO m Power on the unit m Ifthedisplay shows PO P pass a Watch display for error codes ihe Page Wales PO F fai
72. 2 PM saBrowser exe 41KB Application 8 22 2006 2 50 PM M1 SALauncher exe 947 KB Application 8 22 2006 2 53 PM el SALauncher lst 1KB LSTFile 8 22 2006 2 53 PM a SALocalize dll 91KB Application Extension 8 22 2006 2 44 PM 3 sawatcher exe 299 KB Application 8 22 2006 2 44 PM A 18 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Preparing a New Internal CompactFlash CF Card Figure A 11 Software Version C 01 02 Final File Structure 2 Firmware_Images File Folder 9 17 2007 3 43 PM Sierra File Folder 9 6 2007 2 53 PM O SierraHelp File Folder 9 6 2007 2 53 PM SierraTemplate File Folder 9 6 2007 2 53 PM BA ADsLoad exe 25KB Application 8 30 2007 2 15 PM E adsload hwt 3KB HWT File 8 28 2006 9 42 PM adsload reg 14KB Registration Entries 8 28 2006 9 42 PM E adsload reg IEC 14KB IEC File 8 28 2006 9 42 PM 8 KRNCRC32 dat 1KB DAT File 8 30 2007 2 15 PM E NKLoad ENL bin 11 573KB BIN File 11 14 2006 6 58 PM E PackingList txt 15KB Text Document 8 30 2007 2 15 PM NI SA ECG NSR raw 2 512KB Paint Shop Pro 6 Im 8 28 2006 9 42 PM saBrowser exe 42KB Application 8 30 2007 2 12 PM Si SALauncher exe 949 KB Application 8 30 2007 2 15 PM E SALauncher lst 1KB LST File 8 30 2007 2 15 PM 5 SALocalize dll 94KB Application Extension 8 30 2007 2 06 PM 08 sawatcher exe 301KB Application 8 30 2007 2 05 PM Insert the CompactFlash CF card into the internal CompactFlash CF slot on the main control board Perform the steps describe
73. 25 for defibrillation recovery time and cannot be reliably used for patient diagnosis following defibrillation WARNING Always clean and disinfect reusable electrodes before patient use See Chapter 10 Care and Maintenance of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use for information on cleaning and disinfecting reusable electrodes Failure to properly clean and disinfect reusable electrodes before patient use may cause infectious materials to be transferred between patients CAUTION The Welsh bulb electrodes contain natural rubber latex which may cause allergic reactions PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 25 Introduction 1 26 Supplies and Ordering Information PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Supply Part Numbers PIM Patient Data Cables Part Number 989803145401 Description USB Patient Data Cable Complete Lead Sets Part Number 989803129161 Description Complete AAMI Lead Set for Standard 12 Leads 989803129191 Complete IEC Lead Set for Standard 12 Leads 989803129221 Long Complete IEC Lead Set for Standard 12 Leads 989803148931 Complete AAMI Lead Set for 16 Leads 989803149181 Complete IEC Lead Set for 16 Leads 989803149191 Long Complete IEC Lead Set for 16 Leads 989803148881 16 Lead Spare Part Kit includes color lead clips for both AAMI and IEC banana post adapters lead separators and PIM shorting plugs Repl
74. 3 Disconnect the PIM from the RJ 11 receptacle on the right side of the cardiograph 4 Remove the top cover See page 6 17 5 Depending on the cardiograph model either remove the patient data cable wires from the cable clamp see Figure 6 80 on page 6 52 or cut the cable tie that secures the patient data cable wires to the display hinge bracket see Figure 6 81 on page 6 52 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 51 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly Figure 6 80 Model A cardiograph method of routing patient data cable ial AE gem Ferrite clip Cable clamp PIM connector Figure 6 81 Model B cardiograph method of routing patient data cable Cable tie E TE Retaining clip DRS L9 RJ 11 connector x Retaining clip 6 52 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly 6 Remove the PIM RJ 11 connector from the bottom housing by carefully spreading the retainer clips that secure the RJ 11 connector Pull up on the clips CAUTION Do not break the retaining clips If the clips are broken the entire bottom housing will require replacement Figure 6 82 Removing the PIM Connector 7 If the patient data cable is routed underneath the hinge bracket see Figure 6 81 on page 6 52 remove the two screws that fasten the right side o
75. 3 7 Batteries operate for acceptable amount of time after full recharge m If the batteries still do not operate for a sufficient amount of time after a calibration procedure and are fully charged consider replacement Batteries require periodic calibration in order to display accurate power status or may require replacement if not properly maintained 5 28 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 3 Problem The AC power indicator light on the front of the cardiograph does not illuminate when the cardiograph is plugged into AC power Possible Cause amp Investigative Step The AC fuse is not functional Action Replace the AC fuse see page 3 10 Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Battery and AC Power Troubleshooting continued Confirmation After replacing the AC fuse the AC power indicator light is functional Solution The AC fuse needs to be periodically replaced No batteries detected m The batteries are completely depleted of power and require a full recharge m The batteries have been removed from the cardiograph Action Open battery door compartment and inspect battery condition Plug the cardiograph into AC power After a full recharge the batteries function normally PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Reenforce to user the necessity of plugging the cardiograph into AC
76. 3 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 7 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 5 8 AVR Statistics AVR Statistics AVR Rev r e535 V 2003 Rik t3 4V Reg 3 442 45 0V Reg Bos 12V Reg 13 916 2 5VLoad 2549 Using the Service Utility Table 5 7 Service Utility AVR Statistics Fields Field Name Description AVR Rev m The firmware revision of the system power processor power controller 3 4V Reg Output of the U22 regulator m The acceptable range is 3 06 V to 3 74 V 5 0V Reg Output of the U19 circuit also called VCC m Acceptable range is 4 5V to 5 5V 12V Reg Output of the U48 circuit that supplies voltage to the display backlight Acceptable range is 10 8 V to 13 2 V 2 5V Load Output from the U17 regulator Acceptable range is 2 25 V to 2 75 V Device Status Device Status PIM Status enot found gt Printer Status ok Total Pages Printed 2 Installed Options PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual panni Ext DBO Change Debug Port Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility Table 5 8 Service Utility Device Status Fields Field Name Description PIM Status Reports whether the cardiograph and Patient Interface Module PIM are communicating properly Normal status appears as Present CH 12 No Flags Printer Status R
77. 33 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Print Head 6 Turn over the instrument and disconnect print head data and power ribbon connectors from the printer control board as shown below Figure 6 62 Print Head Connectors on the Printer Control Board ee 7 Remove the M3 x 10 mm screw from the print head shown below Figure 6 63 Print Head Components Nut and grounding ring Print head screw M3 x 10 mm 8 Remove the nut and grounding ring from the print head bolt as shown in Figures 6 63 and 6 64 6 34 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Print Head 9 Remove the print head bolt by reaching under the print head well and applying upward force on the actual print head while removing the bolt CAUTION If you are reusing the print head use gloves or other protective layer when pressing on the thermal surface DO NOT touch with bare skin 10 Carefully allow the print head assembly to drop down from the print head well Replacing the Print Head Assembly CAUTIONS Handle print head by the edges only or by the attached plastic holder DO NOT touch the thermal element with bare fingers To replace the print head 1 Insert print head assembly in print head well 2 Pull the data and power ribbon cables through the slots 3 Apply upward force to the print head and insert the print head bo
78. 3493611 7 Battery 2 required 989803129131 8 Screw M5 X 12 MM 4 required 453563476341 9 Bumper 4 required 453563465951 10 Bottom housing assembly See Table 7 2 11 Printer drawer assembly 453563479321 12 A4 paper shim 453563479331 13 Keyboard assembly See Table 7 3 14 Top housing 453563479391 15 Plug 4 required 453563465941 16 Case Label set includes both labels 453563476441 17 PageWriter Touch label 453563466531 18 Hinge replacement kit 453564056881 19 On Standby label 453564056891 Supplies item must be ordered from Philips Medial Supplies See Supplies and Ordering Information on page 1 25 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Bottom Housing Assembly and Parts Bottom Housing Assembly Exploded Diagram Figure 7 2 7 5 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Replacement Parts Bottom Housing Assembly and Parts Table 7 2 Bottom Housing Assembly Parts List Reference Description Part Number Number 1 Hinge bracket 453563479801 2 Screw M5 X 12 MM 4 required 453563476341 3 Power entry assembly 453563479211 This part includes 2 replacement AC fuses part number 453563485231 4 Grounding stud includes nuts washers and 453563479241 grounding wire 5 Power supply 453563479741 6 Screw M3 X 6 MM 4 required 453563476321 7 Mag card reader assembly 989803127321 8 Screw M3 X 6 MM 2 required 453563476321 9 Floppy drive assembly
79. 453563479141 10 Screw M3 X 6 MM 4 required 453563476321 11 Printer control board 453563479771 12 Screw M3 X 6 MM 4 required 453563476321 13 Main control board 453563479731 14 Screw M3 X 6 MM 5 required 453563476321 15 Main Cable Harness 453563479171 16 Screw M3 X 6 MM 3 required 453563476321 17 Display cable bracket 453563487151 18 Screw M3 X 8 MM 2 required 453563476331 19 CompactFlash CF card blank 453563479161 20 Clip 453564001251 21 Bottom case includes power entry assembly leaf 453563479121 spring top sensor assembly labels and all cable tie mounts 7 6 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Keyboard Assembly and Parts Figure 7 3 Keyboard Assembly Exploded Diagram PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 7 7 Replacement Parts Table 7 3 Keyboard Assembly Parts List Keyboard Assembly and Parts Reference er Number Description Part Number 1 Keyboard replacement includes interface card flex circuit and PS2 cable a French 453563479471 German 453563479461 m Italian 453563479501 m Japanese 453563479491 Portuguese 453563479481 mw Spanish English UR 453563479451 English USA 453563479441 453563479431 2 Keyboard bracket 453563479401 3 Screw M3 X 6 MM 8 required 453563476321 4 Screw M3 X 8 MM 4 required 453563476331 7 8 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Replacement Parts Patient Interface Module PIM and Parts Patient Inte
80. 485921 Supplies item must be ordered from Philips Medial Supplies See Supplies and Ordering Information on page 1 24 This part is only compatible with PageWriter Touch software version B 01 and higher PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Print Head Assembly and Related Parts Print Head Assembly Exploded Diagram Figure 7 6 7 13 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Replacement Parts 7 14 Print Head Assembly and Related Parts Table 7 6 Print Head Assembly Parts List Referens Description Part Number Number 1 Printer gearbox assembly 453563479341 2 Screw M3 X 8 MM 2 required 453563476331 3 Printhead bolt nut 453563479281 4 Printer guide bar assembly 453563479301 5 Cable harness top of form sensor 453563479251 6 Screw M3 X 10 MM 453564001261 7 Screw M3 X 6 MM 453563476321 8 Leaf spring 453563479261 9 M3 nut 453563476351 10 Print head assembly includes ribbon cables 453563479311 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cart Assembly and Parts Figure 7 7 Cart Assembly PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 7 15 Replacement Parts Figure 7 8 11 10 Patient Cable Arm Cart Assembly and Parts Table 7 7 Cart Assembly Parts List Reference Descriptio Part Numbe Number ane j 1 Replacement drawer slide assembly 2 slides 453563479661 including hardware 2 Drawer 9
81. 50 to preserve system performance m Available free storage must be greater than 20 MB with 120 MB to 128 MB as an acceptable range for total storage PCMCIA Storage Free Total Displays available ECG or orders storage memory for external PCMCIA card if installed Note The number of ECGs or orders which can be stored on the external PCMCIA card is intentionally limited to 150 in order to preserve system performance 5 6 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility Table 5 5 Service Utility Storage Fields continued Field Name Description USB Drive Storage Free Displays available ECG or order storage memory Total for external USB memory stick if installed Note The number of ECGs or orders which can be stored on the external USB memory stick is intentionally limited to 150 in order to preserve system performance Network Network MAC Address 00 60 0C 00 78 4D IP Address 161 88 24 206 Table 5 6 Service Utility Network Fields Field Name Description MAC Address Unique identifier associated with the Ethernet chip on the Main Board m This information may be required for system networking purposes IP Address The current IP address for the cardiograph This field is configured on the Configuration screens under the Network tab For more information on configuring network connectivity on the cardiograph see Chapters 2 and
82. 89803127441 3 Replacement lock and key 453563488071 4 Cord retainer includes hardware 453563479691 5 Caster locking gray pedal includes one 453564032771 M8 x 30mm socket head cap screw 6 Caster swivel no pedal includes one 453564032751 M8 x 30mm socket head cap screw 7 Caster directional locking green pedal includes 453564032761 one M8 x 30mm socket head cap screw 8 Shelf 989803127451 9 Cart top assembly 453563479651 7 16 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Replacement Parts Optional Accessories and Supplies Table 7 7 Cart Assembly Parts List continued Reference Description Part Numbe Number scripti r u r 10 Screw M3 x 0 50 16 mm long to attach 453563485221 cardiograph to cart 2 required 11 Patient Cable Arm 989803127371 Optional Accessories and Supplies Figure 7 9 Optional Electrodes and Lead Connectors Table 7 8 Optional Electrodes and Lead Connectors Reference TT Number Description Part Number 1 Adult Limb Clamp Electrode 4 total in pack 989803101691 AAMI IEC 2 a 15 mm diameter Welsh Bulb Electrode 989803101311 AAMI a 15 mm diameter Welsh Bulb Electrode IEC 989803101651 with banana plug adapter PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 7 17 Replacement Parts Optional Accessories and Supplies Table 7 8 Optional Electrodes and Lead Connectors continued References Description Part Number Number P 3 a Alligator Clip Extender for Disposab
83. CF card from the main control board 1 2 3 Remove the CF card from the defective main control board Insert the CF card into a PC Card adapter Insert the PC Card adapter into the PC Card slot at the rear of the cardiograph To restore the configuration file from the CF card 1 2 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Touch the Load button on the Configuration Context Toolbar The Load Configuration File window appears Under Select Input Source touch the drop down arrow button to display the drop down list Touch PC Card to select it for the input media Touch the Browse button The Select File Path window appears Under Filename right side of screen select the ActiveSettings cfg file located in the Sierra folder The ActiveSettings cfg file appears highlighted in blue Touch the Select button The Load Configuration File window appears with the ActiveSettings cfg file displayed under Enter Input Filename field Touch the OK button The ActiveSettings cfg file is saved to the cardiograph and the cardiograph automatically restarts PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 45 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components NOTE NOTE CAUTION 6 46 NOTE Restoring Files from the Compact Flash Card If a PC is being used to transfer ECGs from the CF card the ECG files are located in the SierraArchivelnternal folder To transfer an ECG from the archive 1 Under Selected Archive
84. Cardiograph Service Manual B 7 Wireless LAN Installation Installing the Wireless LAN Card B 8 13 The Save Network Settings window appears Touch the Yes button to apply the new wireless network settings The cardiograph automatically restarts The new wireless settings are applied and are saved to the profile named PageWriter_Touch in the Aironet Client Utility This profile is automatically selected as the active profile in the Select Active Profile drop down list in the Aironet Client Utility To configure a TraceMasterVue Remote Site for the purpose of transmitting ECGs see Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings on page 8 6 Wireless Connectivity Indicators The status of the wireless LAN connection displays on the Status Bar located on any cardiograph software screen Or there are LED indicators located on the wireless LAN card that indicate the current wireless LAN connectivity status Figure B 2 Wireless LAN Connectivity Status Icons on Status Bar ID 12345 Name Doe John T E 5 Y dl A iii 60 Paced Unknown 25 mm sec 7 26 2007 Eh ea d 0 15 150 Hz 7 a 0 m mv 1 S Custom settings 4 23 46 PM A A Wireless LAN Connectivity Status Icon on the Status Bar Table B 3 Wireless LAN Connectivity Status Icons on Status Bar Icon Description m Indicates the signal strength of the wireless LAN connection m Green bars indicate that the wireless adapter is associated to an acce
85. E eR 1 12 Options and Accessories 02 2 0 00 eee ee eee eee 1 12 Upsrades OPE 1 13 Supplies and Ordering Information 1 14 Ordering Supplies 0 0 0 e eee eee eee eee 1 14 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Supplies Part Numbers 1 14 Localization Options 1 16 Contacting a Philips Response Center 1 17 Other Resources see LE Rp Mee ia Ae RR 1 20 Accessing Updates at InCenter 00 1 20 1 1 Introduction This PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual provides the information needed to successfully service the PageWriter Touch cardiograph and cart system Philips part number 860284 This Service Manual provides information on troubleshooting repairing and performance verification and safety testing of the cardiograph and cart system There is also information on the theory of operation maintenance procedures and ordering parts and supplies This chapter includes general information that needs to be reviewed before servicing the PageWriter Touch cardiograph Review the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 before servicing this device This Service Manual assumes knowledge of all cardiograph controls and basic features This chapter includes the following information Who Should Use this Service Manual lesse 1 2 Conventions Used in this Service Manual 1 2 Safety Summary 0 00 cece eee c
86. EEA 3 28 Barcode Reader Test 0 0 eee ee eee eee eee 3 28 Magnetic Card Reader Test 0 0 0 0 esee 3 29 Printer Test Lo fei edna ceiver Ii dni Dad deg edere ne 3 30 Using the System Log Feature 0 0 0 0 0 0005 3 32 Automatic Maintenance Reset 0 0 0 eee ee eee 3 33 3 1 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Cardiograph and PIM Cleaning Cardiograph and PIM Cleaning To clean the cardiograph and PIM 1 2 CAUTION Unplug the AC power cord Ensure that the AC power switch rear of cardiograph is turned to the Off position Figure 1 6 on page 1 11 and that the green AC power indicator light front of cardiograph is not lit Wipe the external surfaces of the cardiograph and the PIM with a soft cloth dampened in any of the approved cleaning solutions listed below When cleaning avoid the lead wire connectors and patient data cable connectors Approved Cleaning Solutions Mild soap and water Isopropyl alcohol CAUTION Do not use strong solvents or abrasive cleaning materials Do not spill liquids on the surface of the cardiograph Do not use any of the following to clean the cardiograph Acetone lodine based cleaners Phenol based cleaners Ethylene oxide sterilization Chlorine bleach Ammonia based cleaners The cardiograph or PIM should not be autoclaved ultrasonically cleaned or immersed Patient Data Cable and Lead Wire Cleaning To clean the patient data c
87. Flash CF Card on page A 16 A 1 About Software Versions Figure A 1 Installing and upgrading PageWriter Touch software continued To Use this procedure Prepare a new CF card Preparing a New Internal CompactFlash CF Card on page A 17 About Software Versions As of September 2007 there are two supported software versions for the PageWriter Touch cardiograph software version B 01 and software version C 01 02 Software version B 01 includes support for full connectivity between the cardiograph and a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System including full support for the OrderVue order handling system and includes support for wireless LAN Software version C 01 02 provides all of the features of software version B 01 with additional support for the acquisition of ECG data for up to 16 leads for pediatric and adult application WARNING Ensure that software version C 01 02 is installed on the cardiograph if the 16 lead Patient Interface Module PIM is being used to acquire ECG data from the patient Software version C 01 02 is shipped with the optional C 01 Upgrade Kit or the software can be downloaded from the Philips InCenter site incenter medical philips com For more information on software version C 01 02 contact the nearest Philips Response Center see page 1 32 A 2 C 01 Upgrade Kit The C 01 Upgrade Kit is available as a purchasable item from Philips Medical Systems The Upgrade Kit includes the
88. LDO PWR ae eet Yu e REAPER ba eR Pa eae eee on 2 14 LOAD PWR MEA 2 14 System Power Processor_VDDX 0 cece cece ee 2 15 VDDX ovt uitae hee ase ei e tals ay ees ere rank ca a ne 2 15 VDDD eat octo oue I a E ten edet uci Barer aa 2 15 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Table of Contents VGC Seti se api bie PT EET T T Ae abate a 2 15 ANON io Reds CRS ay deve tei h eet daw als Maes She OS sake tat LP dert 2 15 PLOY 5 otiotte a esae KR RR MARAE E o ARN Rte ae RS Glial e sardo MEO 2 15 i AM T A et fas ep te leat cath ttl diy ant har T 2 15 SW ON ss biota tien Swart ae Mua opui od stu d Vaso oy Gta eM det eg au a tees 2 15 Charge uie eu vies Saab dee Sed ger ee ts Lee the ee 2 15 Power Management iro oito ended cate D DUREE ates De aes NER 2 16 Battery Charging Logi sari eesse eee cece eera ence eee A a ER 2 16 Battery Fuel Gauge 1 0 eee eee etn ee eee tent he 2 16 Battery Discharging llle 2 18 Battery Charging x ld bee hDEPIP DIM IIS ed Deu br ER 2 18 Charge Current zero EDI edere ASMEUE ed ae ateg estes 2 18 Current Consumption in QuickStart and Standby Mode 2 18 Battery Calibration DEL ek eee ERU EU REPRE EUM Red 2 18 Battery Information 0 cece cece teen e een een een enees 2 19 Chapter 3 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Cardiograph and PIM Cleaning 2 0 ccc ee eee eee I 3 2 Approved Cleaning Solutions llle 3 2 Patient Data Cable and
89. Lead Waveform data ECG Management System Version A 02 XML Version 1 03 9 PageWriter b TraceMasterVue ECG 16 Lead Waveform data ECG Management System Version B 01 or higher XML Version 1 04 error E eode AA TE A rear er EET am AL E Rb Ln 4 E uL Oe 4 4 4 y Remote Site Security Feature The cardiograph offers a Secure Sockets Layer SSL encryption protocol feature for the secure transmission of ECG and order data between a TraceMasterVue Remote Site and the cardiograph The SSL security feature should only be enabled on the cardiograph when it is also enabled on the TraceMasterVue server that contains the configured Remote Site For more information consult your System Administrator Do not enable this setting on the cardiograph only To configure a remote site with a network or modem connection 1 Ifconfiguring a modem card push the On Standby button on the cardiograph to put the cardiograph into Standby The cardiograph will not recognize the modem card if the cardiograph is placed in QuickStart 2 Insert the PC card modem into the PC card slot on the rear of the cardiograph WARNING Never connect the modem card to a phone line when the cardiograph is connected to a patient 3 Touch the On Standby button to return the cardiograph to active use 4 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 8 9 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Netwo
90. M on proeeuume MF fail page 4 13 PC Card Test PCC m Perform the PC Card Test If the message 0001 PC PCC P pass m See PC Card Test PCC on page 4 13 Card Test completed Media Size x bytes No Error appears and x is the correct media size then the PCC test passes PCC F fail Barcode Reader Test m Perform the Barcode Test As described in the test BR P pass BR d idis m See Barcode Reader Test ESTIS BR F fail on page 3 28 Magnetic Card m Perform the Magnetic Card As described in the test MCR P pass Reader Test MCR Reader Test procedure MCR F fail m See Barcode Reader Test on page 3 28 ECG Simulation Connect a 12 Lead Patient If there is trace activity ECG P pass ECG Simulator to the lead set and in all 12 leads withno pCG F fail print a 12 lead ECG notable distortion or noise and cal pulses of a Visually analyze the printout proper duration and amplitude then the ECG Simulation passes Safety S1 Protective earth resistance Maximum impedance Example lt 200 milli Q x1 SERI Safety S2 Equipment leakage current SF Maximum leakage Example current S2 P 999 lt 1000 uA Safety S3 Leads leakage current Example m Source Normal condition lOuA xl PRORA ms With Mains on applied part 50 uA x3 Single Fault Condition PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 4 5 Performance Verification and Safety Tests Test Equipment Test Equ
91. Modem Test from the Diagnostic Tests drop down list upper right side of screen Touch Start The Modem test performs the following checks to verify if the modem is compatible with the cardiograph Modem recognition ROM and firmware verification The test is not successful if the modem is not properly recognized or if the ROM or firmware verification fails PC Card Test PCC To perform the PC Card test 1 Insert a blank PC card CF card with PCMCIA adapter in the PC slot located in the back of the cardiograph From the Service Utility select PC Card Test from the Diagnostic Tests drop down list upper right of screen Touch Start The cardiograph will detect and report the media size of the card If the test fails the message PC Card Test failed appears USB Drive Storage Test To perform the USB Drive Storage test 1 Insert a blank USB memory stick into the USB connector located on the rear of the cardiograph From the Service Utility select USB Drive Storage from the drop down list upper right of screen Touch Start The cardiograph will detect and report the media size of the inserted stick If the test fails the message USB Drive Test failed appears Barcode Reader Test BR The Barcode Reader test is used with the optional barcode reader The barcode reader is used to enter Patient ID information by scanning a barcode This test can be used to confirm that the barcode reader is accurat
92. ORT Ethernet Wireless LAN LAN Cardiograph Main Archive Contains Completed ECG and Order Data XML Order Inboxes Pending Orders Downloaded to Cardiograph Pagewriter e Selected Archive Configured TraceMasterVue Remote Sites appear in the Selected Archive drop down list on m Archive the Archive screen The Archive is used to transmit ECGs to and from the cardiograph and to search a configured Remote Site for ECGs to save to the cardiograph and to print on the cardiograph For more information on using the Archive to transmit ECGs to TraceMasterVue see Chapter 8 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 Configuring a Remote Site Connection with Modem The cardiograph transmits ECG and order data to a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System using a wired or wireless network connection or through a Remote Access Server RAS connection using a modem The cardiograph uses a PCMCIA card modem that is inserted into the PC card slot on the rear of the cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 8 7 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings Figure 8 4 Using the PC Card Slot 5 vy oo 4 o cse o e 1 Ce For information on compatible PCMCIA card modems used outside of the USA and Canada contact the nearest Philips Response Center see page 1 44 or your local distributor WARNING Never connect
93. PHILIPS 99 PageWriter Yy SERVICE MANUAL Notice About This Edition Published by Philips Medical Systems Publication Number M5000 90200 Edition History Edition 1 January 2003 Edition 2 April 2004 Edition 3 November 2007 Applicable to Software Revisions B 01 00 C 01 02 and higher Warranty Philips Medical Systems reserves the right to make changes to both this Service Manual and to the product that it describes Product specifications are subject to change without notice Nothing contained within this Service Manual is intended as any offer warranty promise or contractual condition and must not be taken as such Copyright 2003 2007 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N V All rights are reserved All other product names are the property of their respective owners Reproduction in whole or in part in any form or by any means elec trical mechanical or otherwise is prohibited without the written consent of the copyright holder Philips Medical Systems 3000 Minuteman Road Andover MA 01810 USA 978 687 1501 Unauthorized copying of this publi cation may not only infringe copy right laws but may also reduce the ability of Philips Medical Systems to provide accurate and current information to users Compliance The Philips Medical Systems Page Writer Touch cardiograph complies with all relevant international and national standards and laws Infor mation on compliance will be
94. Properly dispose or recycle any depleted batteries according to local regulations Do not disassemble puncture or incinerate the batteries Replacing the Batteries NOTE Before inserting the batteries into the battery compartment ensure that AC power is not applied to the cardiograph and that the AC power indicator light front of cardiograph is not lit To replace the batteries 1 Insert the new batteries at the same time into the battery compartment Ensure that both batteries are fully seated inside the battery compartment See page 6 3 2 Recattach the battery door 3 Tighten the screw to the battery door using a Philips head screwdriver Do not over tighten PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 3 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Patient Interface Module PIM Patient Interface Module PIM 6 4 The patient interface module PIM is a hand held device that contains all of the cardiograph s waveform data acquisition electronics and an Action button to take ECG Snapshots from the bedside The PIM is available in a standard 12 lead or optional 16 lead model the following illustrations show the standard 12 lead PIM The PIM connects to the patient data cable and to the lead wires attached to the patient Replacing Lead Wires To replace the lead wires 1 Unscrew the PIM cover using a Phillips head screwdriver Figure 6 13 Unscrewing the PIM Cover Lead wire labeling Lead connector 2
95. Remove the PIM cover to expose the lead wire connectors PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Patient Interface Module PIM 3 Remove the lead wire s by pulling the connector up Figure 6 14 Removing Lead Wires 4 Match the lead wire labeling on each lead with the same lead wire connector on the PIM Figure 6 15 12 Lead PIM AAMI Lead Wire Labeling Figure 6 17 16 Lead PIM AAMI Lead Wire Labeling EI L o Figure 6 18 16 Lead IEC PIM IEC Lead Wire Labeling e vt e PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 5 C2 C1 C A2 C At Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Patient Interface Module PIM 5 Replace the lead wire by firmly pressing the connector into the socket until fully seated 6 Attach the PIM cover Removing the PIM To remove the PIM 1 Disconnect the PIM data cable from the RJ 11 receptacle located on the right side of cardiograph Figure 6 19 Disconnecting the PIM Data Cable 2 Remove the data cable CAUTION Due to the complexity of the PIM do not attempt to troubleshoot or to replace individual parts You must replace the entire assembly 6 6 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Patient Interface Module PIM Replacing the PIM To replace the PIM 1 Connect the PIM to the RJ 11 receptacle on the right side of the cardiograph 2 After replacing
96. Repairs are then further divided into External repairs and Internal repairs External Repairs External repairs consist of repairs or replacements of one or more items Repair or replacement of these items does not require you to open the cardiograph case therefore only a limited number of tests are necessary to verify performance post repair External repairs that involve the PIM PIM data cable and PIM lead set require an ECG simulation test to verify proper ECG signal path The typical external repairs include PIM Patient leads PIM data cable Labels Batteries Paper tray AC power cord Main fuse in power entry assembly PCMCIA card PCMCIA modem Barcode reader Cart External cables Refer to Table 4 1 for the required test blocks that must be performed after any external repair occurs Internal Repairs 4 2 If the case was opened regardless of the repair you must perform additional Performance Verification Tests Refer to Table 4 1 for the required test blocks that must be performed after any internal repair PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Performance Verification and Safety Tests Upgrades Upgrades Most cardiograph upgrades are installed by the user and are not considered service events The only exception is a software upgrade Refer to Table 4 1 for the required test blocks that must performed after these upgrades Table 4 1 Service Event Repairs External Repairs not involving the
97. Reset button rear of cardiograph does not restart the cardiograph clicking continues User training on the proper use of the cardiograph Standby and QuickStart power save features The cardiograph must be serviced in order to replace the main control board Screen is dark and no image displays Battery Power Issue Action Open the battery door and inspect the condition of the batteries and that the batteries are fully seated in the battery slots The AC power cord is not attached and the batteries are removed from the cardiograph and the LCD display on the batteries display no bars 1 Insert the batteries into the cardiograph Plug the cardiograph into AC power turn on the power switch place the cardiograph in Standby to recharge the batteries 2 Or replace the batteries if necessary Standby failure The cardiograph printer is making a clicking noise every 6 seconds Press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph to restart the unit PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 31 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 1 Symptom Screen shows a faint solid color and no image Display Troubleshooting continued Possible Cause and Investigative Step Application boot issue software installation failure Action press the Reset button located on the rear of the cardiograph Confirmation Confirm that the cardiograph display turns black no i
98. TIONS When you remove the top cover make sure the cardiograph is securely mounted to the cart or is on a large stable surface Failure to do so can cause the cardiograph to tip The nylon screws are made of a composite that can be easily damaged Be careful when removing them WARNING Do not touch any of the exposed connectors if you have batteries installed or if the AC power cord is connected while the cardiograph is open When the batteries are installed or the cardiograph is connected to AC power there are dangerous voltages on certain components even if the AC power switch is set to the Off position This procedure is most easily performed with the cardiograph attached to the cart if present To remove the top cover 1 Unplug the AC power cord 2 Remove the batteries See page 6 3 3 Remove the paper tray See page 6 9 6 16 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual NOTE Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Top Cover 4 Remove the two M5 screws from the underside of the bottom housing using a T25 Torx driver You can remove the two screws while the cardiograph is on the cart through the access holes in the shelf or if the cardiograph is not on a cart turning the cardiograph over Figure 6 31 Removing the Top Cover d Removing screws with Turning cardiograph upside cardiograph on cart down and removing screws Use a T Handle T25 Torx driver with a length of at least
99. This log file resides in the Storage Card folder and has a maximum size of 1 MB Once the 1 MB limit is reached the system events are automatically moved to the Log Old file PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility NOTE NOTE Table 5 12 System Log File Description continued Log File Name Description Log Old m The most recently recorded log file that contains older system events m This log file also resides in the Storage Card folder and also has a maximum size of 1 MB Once the limit is reached the oldest system events are automatically deleted as newer events are transferred to the log Config This log file records all configured settings on the cardiograph and records any modifications to the configured settings The recommended method for viewing log files is to copy the files to diskette PC card or USB memory stick and then analyze the log file on a separate computer using the PageWriter Touch Log File Viewer Utility This utility parses the log files and creates charts showing memory load physical memory and virtual memory level It also allows the user to export the charts events and related log entries to an HTML file and BMP files that can be viewed in a standard a web browser Saving System Log files to diskette requires two 1 44 MB diskettes If there is not sufficient space the log files will not be copied and the mes
100. Touch the Fail button if the barcode data does not display correctly If the barcode reader fails the test perform a barcode reader calibration see page 3 28 and try the test again If the barcode reader fails the test a second time contact the nearest Philips Response Center see Contacting a Philips Response Center on page 1 31 Magnetic Card Reader Test The Magnetic Card Reader Test is used with the optional magnetic card feature The magnetic card reader is used to enter Patient ID information The test can be used to confirm that the magnetic card reader is correctly reading data from the magnetic card To perform the Magnetic Reader Test 1 hah WwW N Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Maintenance tab top of screen Touch the Magcard Test button The Magcard Test window appears Insert the magnetic card into the slot on the front of the cardiograph see Figure 1 4 on page 1 9 with the magnetic stripe facing down Leave the magnetic card in the slot for five seconds and then pull it out The magnetic card data appears next to Magcard Track 1 Review the data to ensure that it is correct Touch the Pass button if the data displays correctly Touch the Fail button if the data does not display correctly If the magnetic card reader fails the test try the test again
101. Troubleshooting Some basic maintenance tests are available on the Configuration screens under the Maintenance tab For more information on these maintenance tests see Maintenance Tests on page 3 24 Accessing the Service Utility To launch the Service Utility 1 3 Press the On Standby button to put the cardiograph in Standby Entering the Service Utility will require full reboot of cardiograph Any unsaved patient data will be lost Perform a soft reset by gently pressing the Reset button adjacent to the USB connector on the rear panel of the cardiograph After approximately 40 seconds the Page Writer Touch software identification screen appears followed by an audible beep PHILIPS PageWriter Touch PageWriter Touch Release C 01 02 Ceo Philips Medical Systems 3000 Minuteman Road Andover MA 01810 USA Quickly while the splash screen is displayed press and hold down the left CTRL and SHIFT keys together and tap the touch screen PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Performance Verification and Safety Tests NOTE Performance Verification Tests The splash screen disappears after five seconds so if you miss it you must reset the cardiograph again An Access Code window appears If the Access Code window does not appear try the left CTRL SHIFT touch sequence again Type the access code Enter the factory default access code 0000 zeros The Service Utility screen appears For m
102. able 1 1 Power Cord Part Numbers on page 1 22 Other Resources 1 28 For additional information on the PageWriter Touch cardiograph see m PageWriter Touch User Documentation CD m PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Interactive Training Program a PageWriter Touch Service Training a PageWriter Touch Wireless LAN Installation Instructions PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Philips 12 Lead ECG XML Information and Tools Philips 12 Lead ECG XML Information and Tools NOTE The PageWriter Touch cardiograph exports ECG data in XML Extensible Markup Language format For software version C 01 02 and higher there are two available XML schema versions on the cardiograph version 1 03 and version 1 04 Version 1 03 exports ECG data in 12 lead format only and version 1 04 exports ECG data for up to 16 leads The Philips 12 lead XML Utilities are only compatible with ECG data exported in 12 lead format using XML version 1 03 The Philips 12 lead XML Utilities are not compatible with 16 lead ECG data exported using XML schema version 1 04 To transmit 16 lead ECG files to the XML Utilities XML version 1 03 must be selected as the default XML version for the cardiograph Using XML version 1 03 16 lead ECGs are then downsampled as standard 12 lead ECGs when transmitted to the XML Utilities ECG data from the extended leads is deleted and only ECG data from the standard 12 leads is transmitted For more information
103. able and lead wires 1 Dampen a soft cloth with soapy water or with one of the disinfectants or cleaning agents listed below Clean patient data cable and lead wires with any of the following Lysol disinfectant Lysol Deodorizing Cleaner may discolor patient data cable Dial liquid antibacterial soap 3 2 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Reusable Electrode Cleaning Ammonia m 409 may discolor patient data cable 10 solution of Chlorox in water may discolor patient data cable a Murphy household cleaner CAUTION Do not m Use isopropyl alcohol m Autoclave the patient data cable or lead wires or use ultrasonic cleaners m Immerse m Use abrasive materials m Wet the connectors 2 Wiring excess moisture from the cloth before cleaning Reusable Electrode Cleaning Special Note about Welsh Bulb Electrodes Special care is necessary when using Welsh Bulb electrodes Pay special attention to all warning associated with these electrodes Philips Medical Systems recommends the use of disposable electrodes with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph WARNING The Welsh bulb electrodes available as an accessory for the cardiograph do not meet the requirements of IEC 60601 2 25 for defibrillation recovery time and cannot be reliably used for patient diagnosis following defibrillation WARNING Always clean and disinfect reusable electrodes before patient use Failure to pro
104. acement Lead Sets and Accessories Part Number Description 989803129141 AAMI Limb Lead Set 99 cm 39 in 989803129151 AAMI Chest Lead Set 61 cm 24 in 989803129171 IEC Limb Lead Set 99 cm 39 in 989803129181 IEC Chest Lead Set 61 cm 24 in 989803129201 IEC Long Limb Lead Set 137 cm 54 in 989803129211 IEC Long Chest Lead Set 99 cm 39 in 989803129231 Alligator Clips for Disposable Tab Electrodes AAMI 10 total per pack 989803129241 Alligator Clips for Disposable Tab Electrodes IEC 10 total per pack 989803101361 Alligator Clip Extender for Disposable Tab Electrodes 10 total per pack AAMI 989803101371 Alligator Clip Extender for Disposable Tab Electrodes 10 total in pack IEC 989803106061 Wide Disposable Tab Electrode Connector 10 total per pack AAMI IEC PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Supplies and Ordering Information Replacement Lead Sets and Accessories continued Part Number 989803101691 Electrodes Part Number 989803100441 Description Adult Limb Clamp Electrode 4 total in pack AAMI IEC Description Disposable cardiography electrode resting diagnostic ECG 989803106051 989803149901 Disposable electrode adult resting ECG not available in Japan Pediatric disposable tab electrode 989803101311 989803101651 15 mm diameter Welsh Bulb Electrode AAMI 15 mm diameter Welsh B
105. ad PIM is shipped with the optional extended leads connected to the PIM The available 15 and 16 lead options are listed in Table 1 1 15 and 16 Lead PIM Configuration Options on page 1 17 1 16 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components Table 1 1 15 and 16 Lead PIM Configuration Options Lead Option Standard 12 leads plus extended Lead Placement leads AAMI IEC Pediatric V3R C3R V4R C4R V7 C7 vie vaca V3R C3R v3ic3 15 leads VARIV4R lt j bir vaica k Vsics 133 s M vores RA R I i LAL RUN tur lel le a SA vlc HH i Qu i EN Posterior V7 C7 V8 C8 V9 C9 we deci 15 leads p vaica N f 1 vsics fa RAR A A LA L 4 W l b y N RUN J tur J A le c m v7ic j fT 1 vaice eo AED ph voices Balanced V3R C3R V4R C4R V7 C7 pe ne 16 leads V8 C8 VARIV4R d bos V4ICA o ABRIL fe A RAR J Ate M Ww T N RUN J tur le le p im v7ic Ji f 1 vaice Uw AN T A PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 17 To configure the 16 lead PIM 1 Press the On Standby button to put the cardiograph into Standby CAUTION Always put the cardiograph in Standby before replacing the Patient Interface Module PIM Do not change the PIM while the cardiograph is in active use 2 Disconnect the PIM from the cardiograph if necessary 3 Re
106. address and Computer Name are saved with the custom settings file If loading a single custom settings file onto multiple cardiographs any static IP address or Computer Name information that is specific to an individual cardiograph will need to be reentered directly on each cardiograph If these settings are not changed IP address conflicts may occur This does not apply to DHCP settings To restore custom settings 1 NOTE Insert the removable media into the cardiograph Ensure that the PC card that was used to upgrade the software is removed from the PC card slot Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Touch the Load button on the Configuration Context Toolbar The Load Configuration File window appears Under Select Input Source touch the drop down arrow button to display the drop down list Touch the input source to select it Touch the Browse button Select the custom settings file for the cardiograph The selected custom settings file appears highlighted in blue Touch the OK button The selected configuration settings file appears under dir Filename ext Touch the OK button The custom settings file is loaded on the cardiograph The cardiograph automatically restarts This process can take up to 30 seconds The configuration settings file name can be entered directly by touching the field under dir Filename ext The cursor appears in the field Type in the name of the custom settings file PageWriter
107. aintained in this archive From the internal Main Archive the ECG XML data format files can be copied deleted previewed printed and transferred to other devices The internal Main Archive cannot receive ECG XML files from non Philips external devices Retrieved ECG file storage is limited to the internal Remote Archive PageWriter Touch generated ECG XML files comply with the Philips Medical Systems ECG XML Schema version They incorporate an embedded CRC32 value which is used to ensure the data integrity of the file PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 2 5 Theory of Operation Top Level ECG Data Flow and Storage 2 6 NOTE About XML Versions for Software Version C 01 02 and higher For software version C 01 02 and higher the cardiograph can be configured to transmit ECG data in XML version 1 03 or in version 1 04 The XML version selected is determined by the software revision level of the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System to which the ECG data is transferred XML version 1 03 is compatible with the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System software version A 02 This XML version does not support the transmission of ECG data in any extended 15 or 16 lead format If a 15 or 16 lead ECG is transferred using this XML version the additional ECG data for the right side precordial or posterior leads is deleted and the ECG is transferred in standard 12 lead format XML version 1 04 is compatible with the TraceMasterVue ECG Manag
108. ame manner when replacing the board See figure 6 42 11 Disconnect the J8 and J9 connectors by pulling the display cable straight up See figure 6 42 12 Remove the five screws that secure the main control board to the main chassis using a T10 Torx driver Pay close attention to the ground lug location under one of the screws See Figure 6 75 on page 6 44 13 Carefully lift the main control board up and out from under the display mounting bracket as shown below PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Main Control Board Figure 6 72 Lifting Out the Main Control Board Replacing the Main Control Board To replace the main control board 1 Record the serial number from the main control board on the service record The serial number is located under the CompactFlash CF card Figure 6 73 Location of Serial Number on the Main Control Board si deg doy NMM fO0Zz Ik5 0nH 1 m I Uc arr T LU 20002 211123 FIT T PI4 EALUDP Df A Make sure that the DIP switches are set as follows 1 OFF 2 OFF 3 ON 4 OFF PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 43 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Main Control Board Figure 6 74 Dip Switches Dip switches 3 Guide the main control board into place being careful not to skew it 4 Secure the main control board to the main housing
109. ance calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter Recommended separation distance d 1 2JP d 12JP 80 MHz to 800 MHz d 2 34P 300 MHz to 2 5 GHz Where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts W according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended separation distance in meters m Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters as determined by an electromagnetic site survey should be less than the compliance level in each frequency rangeP Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following symbol t Note 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz the higher frequency range applies Note 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from surfaces objects and people C 10 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Specifications a Field strengths from fixed transmitters such as base stations for radio cellular cordless telephones and land mobile radios amateur radio AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters an electromagnetic site survey should be considered If the measured field strength in the location in which the PageWriter Touch is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above the PageW
110. aph will be stored for more than thirty days without use turn the AC power switch to the Off position and remove the batteries If batteries are left in the cardiograph for an extended period of time without charging the batteries will be depleted and will automatically shut down to avoid damage The batteries will require a full recharge and a battery calibration before they can be used again see Calibrating the Batteries on page 3 7 a A set of fully charged batteries stored outside of the cardiograph will need to be recharged every six months Batteries that are stored outside of the cardiograph for extended periods of time will not be damaged but may require a full battery calibration before use Charging the Batteries Charge the batteries whenever the cardiograph is not in use The batteries will charge when the cardiograph is in use and is plugged into AC power with the AC power switch set to the On position but the batteries will charge at a slower rate Table 3 1 Battery Charge Rates If the cardiograph is in Time to charge batteries to 95 Standby 360 minutes Active use 1440 minutes Check the Battery Level Indicator on the Status Bar to confirm that the batteries are fully charged see Battery Power Indicator on page 1 21 Calibrating the Batteries The batteries require periodic calibration to ensure that accurate power level information displays on the cardiograph A wrench icon S appears on the Bat
111. appears Touch the Yes button to apply the new network settings The cardiograph automatically restarts The new network settings are applied The entered static IP address for the wired connection is located on the Configuration screen under the Network tab under Device IP Address Wired Network Touch the Wire Network or Wireless Network tab right side of screen to view the current IP address information for each connection Figure 5 10 Device IP Address Information showing Static IP Address for Wired Ethernet LAN Connection Device IP Address Wire Network 8 To reestablish the wired Ethernet LAN settings with DHCP return to the Network settings screen in Configuration and select the Obtain IP Address Automatically setting and then reenter all DHCP settings PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 57 5 58 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual NOTE Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components This chapter contains information for removing and replacing the PageWriter Touch cardiograph subassemblies For information about the Philips repair philosophy see Repair Philosophy on page 5 2 If you require further technical assistance contact the nearest Philips Response Center See Other Resources on page 1 29 The way the wires and cables are routed and dressed inside the main housing plays an important part in reducing electromagnetic and radio frequency interference emitted by the cardiograph When you
112. are Components Software Component PageWriter Touch Main Board OS Description Compressed Windows CE 3 0 kernel and support files that are necessary for normal system opera tion PageWriter Touch Application Software Executable and data files which comprise the cardiograph application Printer Controller Software The kernel image and application software required by the printer controller subsystem to interact with the main cardiograph system board and perform thermal printing tasks Patient Input Module PIM Soft ware The kernel image and application software required by the PIM to interact with the main cardiograph system board and perform patient data acquisition tasks System Log Feature 5 16 The System Log feature continuously records operational information about the cardiograph including system events ECG events and monitor events memory voltage and battery monitoring The System Log stores up to 1 MB of information in an individual log file Once the limit of 1 MB is reached the cardiograph begins to record a subsequent log file The cardiograph saves two system log files the current log file and the most recently recorded log file The log file is an ASCII text file that can be saved to a diskette PC card or USB memory Stick Table 5 12 System Log File Description Log File Name Log Description a The active log file that contains the most recent system events m
113. ars to be no problem with the printer The message Printer Drawer is Open appears The printer drawer is then closed however the message Check Printer continu ously appears after wards Printer controller error Action Open and firmly close the printer paper tray Application error Action Pull the paper tray out completely and then close it firmly If the Check Printer message continues to appear press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph to restart the cardiograph Message does not reoccur The printer controller may report an error when no error is actually present this has been noted specifically when A4 paper is in use The paper drawer was opened slightly and then closed or the paper drawer was not fully closed PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 43 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 4 Symptom or Error Message Printer Error Out of Paper Paper Jam Door Open The message Printer not detected appears Possible Cause amp Investigative Step m The paper tray is not fully closed a The cardiograph is out of paper or the paper is incorrectly loaded Defective TOF top of form sensor assembly a Defective paper tray assembly Action Open paper tray and check to make sure paper is loaded correctly Firmly close the paper tray a Application error Mechanical or other failure of main harness assembly or pr
114. ase letters even when the Caps Lock setting is enabled Barcode data scans in upper case letters when the Caps Lock setting is disabled The barcode reader needs to be reconfigured in order to mirror the Caps Lock setting on the cardiograph Consult the Metrologic documentation supplied with the barcode scanner for information on changing the default Caps Lock setting PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 27 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Batteries and AC Power Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Table 5 3 describes common problems with the batteries and AC power Table 5 3 Problem The Battery Level Indicator on Status Bar does not accurately reflect the amount of power left in the batteries Possible Cause amp Investigative Step The batteries require calibration Action Double tap battery icon on Status Bar to see if battery calibration is recommended Perform calibration as necessary see page 3 7 Battery and AC Power Troubleshooting Confirmation Battery Level Indicator is accurate after calibration Solution Batteries require periodic calibration in order to display accurate power status The batteries do not operate for a sufficient period of time after a full recharge The batteries require calibration Action Double tap battery icon on Status Bar to see if battery calibration is recommended Perform calibration as necessary see page
115. assembly make sure the cardiograph is securely mounted to the cart or on a large stable surface Failure to do so can cause the cardiograph to tip WARNING Do not touch any of the exposed connectors if you have batteries installed or if the AC power cord is connected while the cardiograph is open When the batteries are installed or the cardiograph is connected to AC power there are dangerous voltages on certain components even if the AC power switch is set to the Off position 6 20 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Display 4 Cut the tie wrap securing the display cable to the hinge bracket as shown below Do not damage cable Figure 6 38 Cutting the Tie Wrap 5 Remove the display cable from the bracket by carefully pulling it to the side Figure 6 39 Removing Display Cable From Bracket 6 Disconnect the white J8 and J9 connectors by pulling the display cable straight upward Figure 6 40 Pulling Out the J8 and J9 Connectors 7 Rotate the display so that it is completely closed PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 21 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Display 8 Remove the four M4 screws from the hinges CAUTION The display housing assembly is heavy To prevent the display from falling support it as you rotate or remove it Figure 6 41 Removing the Hinge Screws
116. attery has its own visual charge indicator NOTE For more information on battery maintenance and care see page 3 6 2 12 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Power System Overview Figure 2 4 C DC Power System Block Diagram Battery Voltage Batt1 Batt2 SM Bus Battery Voltage Theory of Operation Charger SM Bus SSP Communication with Strong Arm Processor DC Output 12V 2 5V 5 D 5V n E p 3 3V u t SMB Smart Selector SW_6V S VDDI Printer PCB AVR Diode Or d VDDX Batt1 Batt2 Power Supply VDDX AVR Smart Power Regulator Monitoring Controller PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 2 13 Theory of Operation Power System Overview SMBus Smart System The power system in the cardiograph is based on the SMBus smart system The battery packs are fully compliant with SMBus and SBDS Revision 1 0 and communicate with the rest of the power system using this SMBus A system power processor is used for the power system controller which provides several functions to the system These include a Monitoring regulator voltage a Enabling and disabling regulator power a Communicating SMBus with the charger batteries and smart switch a Preprogramming battery shutdown levels Monitoring the s
117. ays a black or solid color screen The cardiograph must be serviced to inspect and to possibly replace the internal CF card or main controller board PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 47 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 5 Symptom Possible Cause amp Investigative Step R T ECG Screen Troubleshooting continued Confirmation Restarting the Cardiograph Solution The cardiograph is slow when buttons are touched on any screen or Timed ECG acquisition fails The Main Archive is full or close to capacity Action Transfer ECGs to TraceMasterVue or delete ECGs from the Main Archive System responsiveness improves m It has been observed that system response can be affected if the Main Archive is full or close to capacity It is recommended to maintain the Main Archive at lower capacity in order to maximize cardiograph performance Restarting the Cardiograph Follow the procedure below to reset the cardiograph Remove any diskettes PC cards or USB memory sticks from the cardiograph before resetting it Modem cards do not have to be removed Wireless LAN cards need to be fully inserted into the PC card slot before resetting the cardiograph 5 48 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Restarting the Cardiograph To restart the cardiograph 1 Using an item with a small tip gently press the Reset button rear of card
118. be useful when configuring the cardiograph with a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System On the configuration screens under the Network tab touch the Wire Network or Wireless Network tab right side of screen to view the IP address information for each type of network connection Ping Test The Ping Test feature can be used to test or to troubleshoot a network connection between the cardiograph and a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System For information on using the Ping Test see Testing TraceMasterVue Remote Site Connectivity on page 8 11 Figure 8 1 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph and TraceMasterVue ECG Management System Orders Workflow TraceMasterVue with OrderVue Pending Orders sent to Cardiograph XML Completed ECG and Order data sent toTraceMasterVue XML PageWriter Touch Cardiograph with configured LAN Wireless LAN Order Inboxes Modem RAS server Configuring Other PageWriter Cardiographs For more comprehensive information on configuring the PageWriter Touch or other PageWriter cardiographs with a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System see the Installing TraceMasterVue and Configuring Communication Guide available for download from the Philips InCenter web site incenter medical philips com For information on using the Configuration Steps There are six key steps that must be completed in order to configure connectivity between a PageWriter Touch cardiograph and a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System
119. before patient use may cause infectious materials to be transferred between patients N CAUTION 18 The Welsh bulb electrodes contain natural rubber latex which may cause allergic reactions PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Replacement Parts Optional Accessories and Supplies Table 7 9 Optional Cardiograph Accessories Description Part Number Barcode Reader 989803127311 LAN Cable 2 13 m 7 0 ft 989803127471 Magnetic Card Reader 989803127321 Modem Card USA and Canada only 989803149161 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Documentation 989803127391 CD Complete 16 Lead C 01 Upgrade Kit AAMI or IEC 860300 with option D001 The kit includes pediatric tab electrodes upgrade software and upgrade installation instructions PC card provides storage for up to 150 ECGs 989803127331 USB Memory Stick 989803145331 Wireless LAN Card 989803142041 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 7 19 7 20 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings This chapter contains basic information and tips on cardiograph networking describes how to configure cardiograph connectivity with a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System and provides basic troubleshooting procedures that can be performed to identify networking issues If you require further technical assistance with any networking issue contact your network or IT administrator This chapter
120. box 5 The settings for the selected Inbox appear on the screen Edit the settings as necessary 6 When done a blue check mark and the word Modified appears at the top of the screen Touch the Save Changes button to save the new settings to the selected Inbox Touch the Add New button to create a new Inbox with the displayed settings Touch the Delete button to delete the selected Inbox Configuring Institution Settings NOTE The optional settings in this section provide information about the location of a specific cardiograph The information entered into this section must be consistent with the location information defined on TraceMasterVue For more detailed information on configuring and mapping location information on TraceMasterVue and throughout a mixed fleet of cardiographs see the Installing TraceMasterVue and Configuring Communication Guide available for download from the Philips InCenter web site incenter medical philips com This location specific information is transferred to TraceMasterVue with the ECG data and appears on the printed ECG report These optional fields include a Location Code LOC a Device ID identification number to track a specific cardiograph Institution Label Institution Number a Facility Label a Facility Number a Department Label a Department Number Each of these fields may be customized with any thirty two letters or numbers Location Code LOC is limited to five numbers only Devic
121. cator 2 The Battery Status window displays Figure 3 5 Battery Status window Battery Status Total Battery Charge 86 Batteries Charging Batteries Calibration is Required Touch the Config button and then the Maintenance tab to access battery calibration Calibration can take up to 24 hours AC Power On Battery Charge Cycle Count Front 59 Rear 60 Battery Full Charge Capacity Front 6625 Rear 4431 3 Check the Battery Full Charge Capacity value If the displayed value for this field meets or exceeds the value listed in Table 3 4 the batteries will require replacement See the next procedure for information on replacing the batteries Table 3 4 Battery Replacement Threshold Value Replace batteries if displayed value meets or Description exceeds Battery Full Charge Capacity 5600 milliamp hour mAh PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 9 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Replacing the AC Fuses Figure 3 6 Replacing the Batteries To replace the batteries 1 Disconnect the cardiograph from AC power Ensure that the AC power switch rear of cardiograph is turned to the Off position Figure 1 6 on page 1 11 and that the green AC power indicator light is not lit front of cardiograph 2 Unscrew the battery door using a Phillips head screwdriver 3 Pull the black tabs to remove the batteries 4 Insert the new batteries at the same time with the black pull tab
122. ce Calibration and the Touch Calibration diagnostic test Recommended use of these tests for maintenance and diagnostic purposes is described below Table 4 3 Touch Calibration Test Recommendations Test Recommended Use Force Calibration m Perform this test first Routine touch screen calibration when the cardiograph is used in a different setting seated or standing or by users of significantly different height To improve overall touch screen performance when items on the touch screen are difficult to select PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Performance Verification and Safety Tests Performance Verification Tests Table 4 3 Touch Calibration Test Recommendations continued Test Recommended Use Touch Calibration diagnostic m Perform this test second a When calibration is not improved after the Force Calibration test items are still difficult to select on the touch screen When the cross hairs on the Force Calibration screen are difficult to select a When the results of the touch screen calibration need to be reviewed by Philips Response Center representatives to identify a technical problem To calibrate the touch screen with the Force Calibration diagnostic test 1 From the Service Utility select Screen Test from the Diagnostic Tests pull down menu upper right side of screen 2 Touch Force Calibration A white screen appears with a cross hair 3 Perform steps 5 and 6 of Touch Scr
123. check box is not selected the ECG is missing required patient information To complete patient information touch the ECG to select it Then touch the Patient ID button Edit the patient information Only one ECG may be edited at a time 4 Touch the Transfer button and select the transfer destination for the ECG s USB Memory Stick PC Card Diskette or Remote Server 5 Touch OK 6 Verify that all the ECGs were transferred without error to the destination device Saving Custom Settings Custom settings must be saved as a custom settings file to a USB memory stick PC card or to a diskette before installing the software upgrade All network settings including Wireless LAN settings are saved to the custom settings file when the cardiograph software is upgraded from version B 01 to C 01 A 6 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual NOTE Installing the Software If upgrading the cardiograph software from version A 02 00 or earlier to version B 01 or to C 01 no network settings are saved Record all network settings before proceeding with the software installation All network settings must be manually entered at the cardiograph after the installation procedure is complete To save custom settings to a USB memory stick PC card or to a diskette 1 2 3 Insert the removable media into the cardiograph Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Touch the Save button on the Configuration Context Toolbar The Save Con
124. cing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Display 9 Using a T20 Torx driver remove the two M5 x 9mm screws that fasten the right hinge assembly to the display pan NOTE This procedure describes replacing both hinges even if only one has failed Figure 6 50 Removing the two M5 x 9mm screws 10 Note the difference between the right and left hinge assemblies see figure below Using the two new M5 x 9mm screws provided install the replacement right hinge assembly Install the screw at the top of the hinge first only finger tight Tighten both screws to 20 in Ibs Figure 6 51 Right and left hinge assemblies 11 Remove and replace the left hinge assembly following the same procedure 12 Place the front bezel on top of the touchscreen If the bezel does not lay flat on the touchscreen the touchscreen may need to be re centered over the LCD CAUTION Do not apply too much force to the bezel as this may break the touchscreen glass panel 6 26 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Keyboard Assembly 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 CAUTION 20 21 While squeezing the display assembly carefully turn the display assembly over Figure 6 52 Turning the display over Install the five M3 x 8mm screws to secure the front bezel to the display Tighten to 6 in Ibs Connect the On Standby cable connector Place the rear cover on the
125. circuits in the cardiograph This reduces the possibility of hazardous currents passing from the cardiograph through the patient s heart to ground WARNING Failure to follow these warnings could affect both patient and operator safety WARNING Do not connect the modem card to a phone line when the cardiograph is connected to a patient WARNING Do not touch accessible connector pins and the patient simultaneously Electrical shock hazard Keep cardiograph Patient Interface Module PIM and all cardiograph accessories away from liquids Do not immerse the cardiograph PIM or other accessories in any liquids WARNING When using additional peripheral equipment powered from an electrical source other than the cardiograph the combination is considered to be a medical system It is che responsibility of the operator to comply with IEC 60601 1 1 and test the medical system according to the requirements For additional information contact Philips Medical Systems WARNING Do not use non medical peripherals within 6 feet of a patient unless the non medical peripherals receive power from the cardiograph or from an isolation transformer that meets medical safety standards WARNING The Welsh bulb electrodes available as an accessory for the cardiograph do not meet the requirements of IEC 60601 2 25 for defibrillation recovery time and cannot be reliably used for patient diagnosis following defibrillation Un
126. cket To remove the display hinge bracket 1 2 3 4 ul 8 Unplug the AC power cord Remove the batteries See page 6 3 Remove the rear cover See page 6 17 Remove the top cover See page 6 17 Remove the display and set aside See page 6 18 Unclip the patient data cable from the cable clamp or cut the cable tie that secures the patient data cable to the display hinge bracket See Figure 6 80 on page 6 52 and see Figure 6 81 on page 6 52 Remove the four 4 M5 x 12mm screws that secure the display hinge bracket to the main housing using a T25 Torx driver Figure 6 92 Detaching the Hinge Bracket From the Main Housing Lift the display hinge bracket from the main housing PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Display Hinge Bracket 9 Remove the display cable bracket from the hinge display bracket using a T10 Torx driver Figure 6 93 Removing the Display Cable Bracket From the Hinge Bracket Replacing the Display Hinge Bracket To replace the display hinge bracket 1 Attach the display cable bracket to the hinge display bracket using a T10 Torx driver See figure 6 93 2 Replace the display hinge bracket in the main housing Ensure that the patient data cable is routed underneath the display hinge bracket 3 Insert the four 4 M5 x 12mm screws to secure the display hinge bracket to the main housing using a T25 Torx driver Se
127. creen tests include the Force Calibration and Touch Calibration diagnostic test The Force Calibration test is used for routine touch screen calibration in order to improve overall touch screen performance The Touch Calibration test is used when touch screen performance does not improve after completing the Force Calibration test PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 13 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 5 14 Auto Tests The following automated tests are run in sequence 1 u A WwW N Oo N QA 10 11 12 13 14 Audio Barcode Reader MagCard Reader CompactFlash CF Fax Modem Diskette Drive Keyboard PC Card USB Drive Printer Network Ping Screen Suspend Button Touch screen Working with the Diagnostic Tests Using the Service Utility Use the following controls to execute the selected diagnostic test as described in Table 5 10 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility Table 5 10 Diagnostic Test Controls Field Name Description Repeat Count To repeat a particular test or all auto tests sequentially select the Repeat check box and type the desired count number in the Count field The count number decrements by one each time the test is completed pass or fail To interrupt or stop testing press Stop between tests Tester Info m Enter tester name and date Start m Starts the selected test Stop Stops or inte
128. ct the software version you wish to download On the following software download screen click on the Software link The Documentation link contains all user documentation instructions for use quick reference cards for the selected software version The InCenter software download license agreement appears If you agree to the terms of the agreement click I agree A message may appear that the Download Manager application needs to be installed Click as indicated to install the ActiveX control in order to continue with the software download See the InCenter main page for more information on installing and using ActiveX controls with the InCenter site The software installation dialog appears Click Install Select a file destination and then click Save The Philips Download Manager dialog appears The software files are saved to the specified destination After the files are saved click Launch The WinZip Self Extractor dialog appears Select a destination for the files and then click Unzip The files are saved to the specified destination If the save operation is successful the top level directory structure should appear as shown in Figure A 4 or Figure A 5 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Installing the Software Figure A 4 Software Version C 01 02 Correct Directory Structure C3ENU File Folder 9 6 2007 2 53 PM Firmware_Images File Folder 9 6 2007 2 53 PM O Startup File Folder 9 6 2007 2 53 PM B PackingList
129. cters are clearly legible PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Figure 3 12 Printer Test Page mtt duis a N x oo G EE SI PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 31 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Using the System Log Feature 4 After reviewing the printer test page touch the Yes button if the printer test page printed out correctly Touch the No button if the printer test page did not print out correctly 5 Ifthe printer fails the test keep the printer test page and contact the nearest Philips Response Center see Contacting a Philips Response Center on page 1 31 Using the System Log Feature 3 32 NOTE NOTE NOTE The System Log feature is used to assist with cardiograph troubleshooting The System Log continuously records data about the cardiograph including events errors battery power levels and memory use The System Log file stores up to 1MB of information in an individual file Once the limit of 1MB is reached the cardiograph begins to record a subsequent log file The cardiograph saves two system log files the current log file and the most recently recorded log file System Log files can be saved to a diskette PC card or USB memory stick Saving System Log files to diskette requires two 1 44 MB diskettes For more information on using the System Logs to troubleshoot a specific cardiograph issue
130. ction The PageWriter Touch Cardiograph The PageWriter Touch Cardiograph This Philips product is intended to be used and operated only in accordance with the safety procedures and operating instructions provided in this Instructions for Use and for the purposes for which it was designed The purposes for which the product is intended are provided below However nothing stated in this Instructions for Use reduces the responsibility of the user for sound clinical judgment and best clinical procedures Intended Use The intended use of the cardiograph is to acquire multi channel ECG signals from adult and pediatric patients from body surface ECG electrodes and to record display analyze and store these ECG signals for review by the user The cardiograph is to be used in healthcare facilities by trained healthcare professionals Analysis of the ECG signals is accomplished with algorithms that provide measurements data presentations graphical presentations and interpretations for review by the user The interpreted ECG with measurements and interpretive statements is offered to the clinician on an advisory basis only It is to be used in conjunction with the clinician s knowledge of the patient the results of the physical examination the ECG tracings and other clinical findings A qualified physician is asked to overread and validate or change the computer generated ECG interpretation Indications for Use The cardiograph is to be used wh
131. ctions required to verify performance of the PageWriter Touch cardiograph following a service event This chapter includes the following information Required Testing Levels 0 0 cece eee ee eens 4 2 External Repairs 2 0 0 ce cece cece cece ehh 4 2 Internal Repairs eet cte e Yee HRS URS 4 2 Uperades i2 iiie YE rekI au etd ate PVC ees 4 3 Test and Inspection Matrix 0 0c eee eee 4 4 Test Equipment eee Ree RE e adage 4 6 Performance Verification Tests 0020000 ee 4 6 Visual Inspection V 00 0 cece cece 4 6 Power On Testi cees fui meh aa ee eas ee RR Ree 4 7 Individual Functional Tests 0 0 0 0 eee eee 4 8 Safety Tests i gle Mek eL EE be RR 4 17 Test NOteS exe eRIet RIDES DEG Pe ee ee YE 4 17 Safety Test S1 Protective Earth Resistance 4 17 Safety Test 52 Equipment Leakage 4 18 Safety Test S3 Leads Leakage Current 4 18 4 1 Performance Verification and Safety Tests Required Testing Levels NOTE Required Testing Levels The Performance Verification Tests verifies proper operation of the cardiograph following a service event The level of testing required corresponds to the type of service performed Installation and Preventive Maintenance are not considered service events since the cardiograph is designed to be installed and maintained by the user Service Events are divided into two categories Repairs and Upgrades
132. d Application error Action Press the rear Reset button on the cardiograph Unit restarts and works without subsequent error If the diskette is removed from the drive prior to unmounting the application has been observed to freeze when displays the user touches the Cancel button instead of the Retry button in response to the error 5 30 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Display Table 5 1 Symptom Screen is dark and no image displays Display Troubleshooting Possible Cause and Investigative Step The AC power cord is not connected to a grounded electrical outlet or is damaged Action Inspect AC power connections Confirmation AC is applied and rear AC power switch is turned to the On position but the AC power indi cator light is not lit Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Solution If AC power is applied to the cardiograph and the AC power switch is set to the On position but the AC power on indicator light does not illumi nate and the display is still dark the cardiograph will require service in order to replace the power supply Cardiograph is in Standby or in QuickStart Action Press the On Standby button to return the cardiograph to active use Main Controller Board Failure The cardiograph returns to active use a The cardiograph printer is making a click sound every six 6 seconds m Pressing the
133. d Before replacing the main control board and CF card save the cardiograph configuration settings as a custom settings file to removable media PC card USB memory stick diskette After the main control board is replaced the custom settings file can be reloaded on the cardiograph using the removable media Any ECGs saved to the internal Main Archive need to be transferred to TraceMasterVue or to removable media Figure 6 70 CompactFlash CF Card 114443333J44244J4444 Une APTA MM EMT TM ROME us 700 1122001 u43 700 1 3 ERA CAUTION DO NOT remove or swap the CF card contained on the replacement new main control board Swapping the CF card may result in an unverified software combination When returning the defective main control board please also include the internal CF card 6 40 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components CAUTION NOTE Removing and Replacing the Main Control Board Removing the Main Control Board Always wear an electrostatic wrist band or other approved method for protection against electrostatic discharge when disconnecting and handling the main control board To remove the main control board 1 Back up the cardiograph configuration to removable media PC card USB memory stick diskette This can only be done if the cardiograph is operational For more information see Chapter 3 of the PageWri
134. d in Flashing the Kernel from the Internal CompactFlash CF Card to the Main Board on page A 15 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual A 19 A 20 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Wireless LAN Installation Overview NOTE CAUTION The PageWriter Touch cardiograph supports the Cisco Aironet Series Wireless LAN card which is compatible with the 802 11b wireless standard This document describes how to install and configure the Cisco Aironet Wireless LAN card with installed Cisco firmware version 5 60 17 for use with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph with installed software version C 01 and higher Although firmware version 5 40 10 is supported Philips recommends upgrading to firmware version 5 60 17 for optimal connectivity Only use wireless LAN cards with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph that have been purchased from Philips Medical Systems The use of non approved wireless LAN cards with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph is not tested or supported and Philips Medical Systems does not guarantee cardiograph operation or wireless LAN connectivity The following topics are included in these installation instructions Topic Page Number PageWriter Touch Supported Security Options B 1 Wireless LAN FAQs B 2 Installing the Wireless LAN Card B 3 The Cisco Aironet Client Utility driver is included in the PageWriter Touch cardiograph software The wireless adapter may be configured to support the following
135. d kit near the connector end of the lead wire 4 CA EC ay 8 Ensure that each lead is firmly connected to the PIM 9 Reattach the PIM cover Connecting the PIM to the Cardiograph To connect the PIM to the cardiograph gt Connect the patient data cable to the RJ 11 receptacle on the right side of the cardiograph 1 20 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components WARNING To ensure safety and prevent damage to the system ONLY connect the patient data cable to the correct RJ 11 receptacle on the right side of the cardiograph WARNING Do not connect the patient data cable into the LAN port or into the optional modem card connector CAUTION Always put the cardiograph in Standby before replacing the Patient Interface Module PIM Do not change the PIM while the cardiograph is in active use Placing the PIM in the Cardiograph Cradle Ensure that the PIM is properly inserted into the PIM cradle on the front of the cardiograph with the lead wires facing down and the Action button facing up Do not lower the touch screen if the lead wires are facing up The touch screen may be damaged To place the PIM in the cradle gt Place the PIM in the cradle with the lead wires facing down and the Action button facing up Figure 1 7 Placing the PIM in the cardiograph cradle CAUTION Do not place the PIM in the cradle with the lead wires facing up PageWr
136. data cable may compromise defibrillation protection and degrade cardiograph performance Only qualified personnel may service the cardiograph or may open the cardiograph housing to access internal cardiograph components Do not open any covers on the cardiograph There are no internal cardiograph components that are serviced by the operator Do not use this cardiograph near flammable anesthetics It is not intended for use in explosive environments or in operating rooms The use of the analog ECG output signal port not supported on cardiograph see page 1 13 should not be used when critical synchronization timing is required Do not touch the patient patient data cable or cardiograph during defibrillation Death or injury may occur from the electrical shock delivered by the defibrillator Ensure that the electrodes or lead wires do not come in contact with any other conductive materials including earth grounded materials especially when connecting or disconnecting electrodes to or from a patient Connecting multiple cardiographs to the same patient may pose a safety hazard due to the summation of leakage currents Any combination of instruments should be evaluated by local safety personnel before being put into service Do not pull on the paper while an ECG report is being printed This can cause distortion of the waveform and can lead to potential misdiagnosis Do not connect any equipment to the cardiograph RS 232 port that does not
137. dditional software from the internal CompactFlash CF card 1 Turn the unit on using AC power After approximately 40 seconds the PageWriter Touch software identification screen appears followed by an audible beep PHILIPS PageW riter Touch PageWriter Touch Release C 01 02 C o Philips Medical Systems 3000 Minuteman Road Andover MA 01810 USA 2 Quickly while the splash screen is displayed hold down the left CTRL and SHIFT keys together and tap the touch screen NOTE The splash screen disappears after five seconds so if you miss it you must reset the cardiograph again An Access Code window appears If the Access Code window does not appear try the left CTRL SHIFT touch sequence again A 16 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 10 11 12 13 Preparing a New Internal CompactFlash CF Card Type the access code The factory default code is 0000 zero The Service Utility screen appears Wait for the status update to complete and for the Software Installation Utility button to become enabled Touch Software Installation Utility After approximately 10 seconds the Software Installation Utility screen appears Press the Space bar to select the language for example ENU for English Press the Tab key to access the Lead Set Type field Press the Space bar to select the default AHA AAMI or IEC Press the Tab key to access the Install Operation field Then a Press the Space bar to select th
138. diograph Inbox named Outpatient Surgery PageWriter Touch Cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 8 13 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring OrderVue Settings 8 14 Briefly the configuration process for OrderVue settings on the cardiograph includes the following steps 1 Ensure that all TraceMaster Vue Remote Site settings are accurate and complete 2 Test the connectivity between the cardiograph and the configured TraceMasterVue Remote Site If it is successful proceed to configure OrderVue settings on the cardiograph 3 On the Orders screen in Configuration select a TraceMasterVue Remote Site 4 Select the applicable OrderVue Outbox es from the selected Remote Site that will be accessed by the cardiograph 5 Assign functions to the selected Order Vue Outbox es These functions define what orders are specified to be downloaded to the cardiograph the orders can be sorted by status new or all priority STAT or all others and when the orders are due the current day only or the current day and the following day or other options If amended or updated orders downloaded to the cardiograph replace the existing orders or are added to the list as a new order Ifthe assigned cardiograph user is permitted the ability to download orders only or is permitted access to download and search for orders 6 All of the settings defined in this process are contained in an indi
139. diograph Service Manual Power System Overview Theory of Operation System Power Processor VDDX Output from U46 regulator an MIC5203 for the system power processor The voltage level is 3 3V and can provide up to 80mA of current This voltage is not monitored VDDX Output from U47 regulator an MIC5203 which is the primary power for the main system processors and memory The voltage level is 3 3V and can provide up to 80mA of current This voltage is not monitored VDDI Output from the U20 circuit an LTC1627 which is 1 75V core power for the main system processor The input to this regulator is from the 3 3V supply and can supply up to 500mA of current This voltage is not monitored VCC Output from the U19 circuit an LTC1374 which supplies all the 5 00V power to the system Input is from LOAD_PWR and output is 5 00V with a maximum current of 4A This voltage is monitored by the system power processor with a tolerance of 10 12V Output from the U48 circuit an LT1371 which supplies voltage to the back light display The 12V is a step up regulator that outputs 12V when supplied by the batteries however it can pass through the higher DC_PWR of up to 15V if the AC power cord is plugged in The 12V regulator can supply up to 3A of current 2 5V Output is from the U17 regulator an LM317 with input from the VCC regulator The 2 5V linear regulator supplies 2 5V at 1A of current This voltage is monitored 3
140. diograph care and periodic maintenance If further technical assistance is required contact the nearest Philips Response Center see 1 31 The cardiograph does not require scheduled preventive maintenance Basic cleaning and maintenance guidelines are also included in the Care and Maintenance chapter of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use included on this Service Documentation CD This chapter includes the following information Cardiograph and PIM Cleaning 0 000000 3 2 Patient Data Cable and Lead Wire Cleaning 3 2 Reusable Electrode Cleaning 0 0 0 0s ee eee eee 3 3 Print Head Cleaning 0 0 0 cece eee ee 3 4 Printer P pet z2c bio Eno m ee SR AIR E RR 3 5 Battery Maintenance and Care lslslele ee eee eee 3 6 Replacing the AC Fuses leseeeeee eee 3 10 Replacing the Lead Wires in the PIM 3 12 Configuring the 16 Lead PIM eese 3 14 Cardiograph and Accessory Disposal 4 3 18 Maintaining the Touch Screen eese 3 18 Setting the Date and Time 2 0 0 ee eee eee eee eee 3 19 Diskette and Disk Drive Maintenance 3 20 Barcode Reader Maintenance 00 0 0 eese 3 20 Maintenance Tests llleeeeeee e 3 24 Touch Calibration 0 0 00 eee eee eee ni 3 25 Screen Testa srcani orioneu ea n a ee ele al 3 26 PIMCGIeSU A ritu ER AE ERU ers
141. display While squeezing the two halves of the display together turn the display over Install the four M3 x 10mm screws at the four corners of the display Tighten to 6 in Ibs Install the four rubber screw hole plugs Install the display on the cardiograph See page 6 22 Use the four new M4 x 9 5mm screws provided in the hinge replacement kit Tighten one hinge at a time securely to the hinge bracket After you securely tighten all four screws check for any misalignment in the display hinges by opening and closing the display Insert the J8 and J9 connectors onto the main control board Removing and Replacing the Keyboard Assembly Removing the Keyboard Assembly To remove the keyboard assembly 1 2 3 4 Unplug the AC power cord Remove the batteries See page 6 3 Remove the top cover See page 6 16 Turn the top cover over PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 27 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Keyboard Assembly 5 Open the lock on the keyboard flex cable connector and then disconnect the flex cable from the keyboard as shown Figure 6 53 Disconnecting the Flex Cable 6 Remove the eight screws from the edge of the keyboard bracket as shown CAUTION The keyboard and interface card should be replaced as a complete assembly Figure 6 54 Removing Screws From the Keyboard Bracket we amp AZ MVe 9 7 Remove the interface card from the keyb
142. dure to check that the wireless adapter is communicating with a TraceMasterVue Remote Site To check the remote site server connection 1 Check the LEDs on the wireless adapter See Table 5 8 for further steps Table 5 8 LED Indicators LED Indicators Red LED blinking quickly Green LED blinking quickly Red LED off Green LED off Recommended Solution 1 Move the cardiograph to an area with a strong wireless signal The green LED should then blink slowly or turn off completely indicating that the wireless adapter is associated with an access point If the green LED continues to blink quickly indicating that the wireless adapter is still not associated to an access point follow the steps in the procedure Resolving an Unexplained Reply Received from the Remote Site on page 5 52 Ensure that the wireless adapter is securely inserted into the PC card slot on the rear of the cardiograph Push the On Standby button to put the cardiograph into Standby Push the On Standby button again Check the status LEDs on the wireless adapter If the LEDs are still not illuminated contact the Philips Response Center for further assistance Red LED blinking quickly Green LED off or blinking slowly The wireless adapter is associated to an access point Go to Step 2 in this procedure 5 Launch the Aironet Client Utility On the cardiograph touch the Config button then the Defaults button the Network tab
143. e Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 2 3 4 5 Connect the four pin connector and insert the diskette drive Insert the four M3 x 6 mm screws that secures the diskette drive Attach the top cover See page 6 16 Insert the batteries See page 6 3 Plug the AC power cord into the power source Removing and Replacing the Printer Gearbox 6 30 Removing the Printer Gearbox To remove the printer gearbox 2 3 4 Unplug the AC power cord Remove the batteries See page 6 3 Remove the top cover See page 6 16 Remove the diskette drive See page 6 30 Disconnect the printer motor connector at the printer control board PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Printer Gearbox 6 Cut the two cable ties Do not damage the wires Figure 6 57 Cutting Cable Ties MEDI GA TYETTENS T LLRISEEISNE TT LITT 7 Remove the two 2 M3 x 8mm screws that secure the printer gearbox to the main housing Figure 6 58 Removing Screws From the Printer Gearbox PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 31 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Printer Gearbox 8 Carefully lift the printer gearbox from the main housing CAUTION Be sure not to tip the assembly which will cause the individual gears to fall off the shafts Replacing the Printer Gearbox T
144. e 1 On the Configuration screen check that the Remote Site server URL is in the correct format Ensure that the Remote Site Server URL includes EMS sxdf at the end of the URL An example of a valid URL is http 192 168 0 1 EMSCOMM EMS sxdf 2 If the URL is correct consult the TraceMaster Vue system administrator for more information The TraceMasterVue server may need to be reset Wireless LAN Card Troubleshooting All wireless LAN troubleshooting topics are listed in Table 5 10 For further assistance in configuring the cardiograph to transmit to a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System see the Installing TraceMasterVue and Configuring Communication Guide available for download from the InCenter site incenter medical philips com CAUTION Only use wireless LAN cards with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph that have been purchased from Philips Medical Systems The use of non approved wireless LAN cards with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph is not tested or supported and Philips Medical Systems does not guarantee cardiograph operation or wireless LAN connectivity Table 5 10 Wireless LAN Troubleshooting Topics Topic Page Number Aironet Client Utility ACU Error Messages 5 53 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Wireless Error Messages 5 54 Wireless Adapter is not Associated to an access point 5 56 Table 5 11 Aironet Client Utility ACU Error Messages Error Message m Cisco Wireless LAN Adapter Not Found Client Adapter
145. e burdened The LAN cable is not connected to the LAN connector port rear of cardiograph a The network or modem connection was interrupted during the transfer operation m Network or modem cabling is damaged Action Confirm that the LAN cable or modem cable is securely attached to the cardiograph and is not damaged Confirm that the modem card or wireless LAN card are fully inserted into the PC card slot Ensure that all networking and Remote Site settings are accurately entered on the Configuration screens Wait and try the transfer proce dure again Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Confirmation m Subsequent ECG transmission is successful after waiting for a period of time m Network hardware was damaged Explanation ECG transmission oper ations use network and server resources which can occasionally be unable to process requests A wireless LAN connection and an Ethernet LAN connection are configured with the same IP address or with the same DHCP settings Action Follow the proce dure contained in About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP on page 5 57 After changing the wired Ethernet settings subsequent ECG trans mission is successful The wired Ethernet settings were overriding the settings for the wire less LAN adapter 5 26 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 1 Error Messa
146. e keyboard the cabling or the main controller board A known defect with software version A 0x The installed software version on the cardiograph is earlier than B 01 Upgrade the cardio graph software to version B 01 or C 01 5 34 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Orders Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Table 5 4 lists common error messages that may appear when using Orders Table 5 4 Error Message Orders Error Command Timed Out Invalid Database Entry Detected Orders Troubleshooting Possible Cause amp Investigative Step a An invalid Order file was loaded onto the cardiograph from a diskette PC card or USB memory stick m The Pending Orders list is too large to accept additional orders Action Confirm that the files on the remov able media are valid orders files Delete pending orders and retry loading the orders on the cardiograph The deletion of multiple orders was canceled before the deletion command was complete Action Delete the orders again Confirmation The orders load normally The orders are deleted Solution m Invalid orders files will not load on the cardiograph m Ifthe Pending Orders list is too large additional orders cannot be loaded until some orders are deleted to free up space a The Pending Orders list is configurable to support the addition of new orders to th
147. e list at download or deleting and replacing all orders in the list at download For more information see Chapter 2 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 Reenforce user understanding of how to use the Orders delete function PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 35 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Patient Interface Module PIM Signal Acquisition Table 5 5 lists error messages related to the Patient Interface Module PIM and signal acquisition Table 5 5 Error Message PIM Not Found Possible Cause The USB memory stick was inserted or removed from the cardiograph when the cardiograph was acquiring data from a patient Action Wait 20 30 seconds for the waveform data to reappear on the screen PIM and Signal Acquisition Troubleshooting Confirmation The error message disappears Solution Do not insert the USB memory stick into the cardiograph or remove it from the cardiograph when the cardiograph is acquiring data from a patient Signal Acquisition Failure Please Wait or Patient Interface Module Signal Acquisition Error Please Check the Patient Input Module Connection The PIM communications have been temporarily interrupted or lost or there is damage to the patient data cable m Static discharge or unstable AC power condition Mechanical failure of PIM Action If the Check Patien
148. e 128 MB or higher CompactFlash CF card installed in the main control board The following illustration provides an overview of the device and interfaces provided by the main control board PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Hardware Logical View Theory of Operation Figure 2 1 Devices and Interfaces for Main Control Board ONBOARD FLASH 4MB WinCE 3 0 Kernel Boot Leader PATIENT MODEM PC CARD INTERFACE FLASH OR MODULE PIM WIRELESS NIC SA1110 16MB RAM PCMCIA SLOT CONTROLLER BOARD SA1110 1111 64MB RAM ud INTERNAL READER ONBOARD FLASH DISKETTE DRIVE 32MB WinCE 3 0 Kernel JE CI ADS Startup Files INTERNAL DEBUG PORT COMPACT FLASH 128MB EXTERNAL non user removable DB9 128K Application Files Boot Leader USB EXTERNAL ECG Data Storage MEMORY PHONO JACK Non Volatile Config STICK XGA 16 BIT COLOR ACTIVE MATRIX LCD DISPLAY N ONBOARD TOUCH SCREEN BARCODE FLASH 512K READER MONITOR 0S Boot Leader LITHIUM ION BATTERIES 2 KEYBOARD THERMAL PRINTER The board presents a backplane through the rear of the PageWriter Touch case allowing the user to access interfaces labeled as external in Figure 2 1 along with the PCMCIA slot and the PS 2 connection for a barcode reader device Display and Touch Screen The cardiograph display comprises an XGA compatible full color LCD display with backlight and overlaid touch screen It is driven by the main control board using a grap
149. e Harness 02 e cece eee ee eee eee 6 59 Removing and Replacing the Display Hinge Bracket 00 2 0055 6 60 Removing the Display Hinge Bracket 0 0 cee cece eee eee 6 60 Replacing the Display Hinge Bracket lees 6 61 Removing and Replacing the On Standby Label 2 0 0 cee eee eee eee 6 62 Chapter 7 Replacement Parts Main Assembly and Parts 2 0 cee cece cee ee I I 7 2 Bottom Housing Assembly and Parts 7 5 Keyboard Assembly and Parts 00 cee eee eee teen ence eae 7 7 Patient Interface Module PIM and Parts 7 9 Print Head Assembly and Related Parts 20 cece eee eee ee erennere 7 13 Cart Assembly and Parts 0 2 0 0 eee eee cee ce tence ene eee e nee n eens 7 15 Optional Accessories and Supplies 02 0 0 cece eect eee ence ne aee 7 17 Special Note about Welsh Bulb Electrodes 0 e eee eee eee 7 18 Chapter 8 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Networking Overview sesi cioni E EEEE EE PE II 8 2 DHCP a ua ete a A Ie e alten ed EO R RN ERO Red a ate Mi 8 2 Fixed IP Address er nn Pre Ge EO ooo P Pee Re E e eo 8 2 Auto Negotiations essor neinei e e a e a ence eee e eee e tenes 8 2 Device IPAdd ress 22s ero prar a e PCR a a Hanes ota Gabe yee dab 8 2 Ping Testa n bI Ae eye eR i na tee ae eden 8 3 Configuring Other PageWriter Cardiographs lll eee eee eee eee ee 8 3 PageWriter Touch
150. e ID is limited to thirty two numbers only This information appears on the printed ECG The Location Code LOC is only used with the Philips TraceMaster ECG Management System version A 04 02 and does not appear on the printed ECG Configuring the LOC disables the Institution Number and Department Number fields For more information see the Configuring PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 8 17 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring Institution Settings 8 18 NOTES TraceMasterVue and Cardiograph Communication Guide The guide is updated frequently and may be downloaded from the Philips InCenter site incenter medical philips com About the Facility and Department Fields The fields Facility Label Facility Number Department Label and Department Number described in this section located under the Institution tab are static fields that cannot be edited during a patient session These fields may only be changed on the Configuration screen To configure these fields to be both dynamic and fully editable during a patient session and to specify a unit identifier Code Name configure the Facility and Department fields located under the Patient ID tab The fields configured in this section serve as default settings that are used for each patient session if information is not entered on the Patient ID screen for example for a STAT ECG The information entered into the fields on this screen are included as se
151. e barcode reader 1 Select Barcode Reader from the drop down list and touch Start The Barcode Test window appears 2 Follow steps 5 through 8 as described in Barcode Reader Test on page 3 28 The result is stored in the Cumulative Results section Mag Card Reader Verifies that the magnetic card reader is working properly To test the magnetic card reader 1 Select Mag Card Reader from the drop down list and touch Start 2 Follow steps 5 through 8 as described in Magnetic Card Reader Test on page 3 29 The result is stored in the Cumulative Results section CompactFlash CF Archive Storage Reports the internal CF size in bytes and if an error was reported when the media was queried The expected result is a number close to but not exactly 128MB for example 127772672 bytes Analog Out This test is not available as the Analog feature is not supported Fax Modem This test verifies that a fax modem card is present in the PC card slot and that it responds correctly to AT commands Floppy Drive This test writes to and reads from a diskette inserted in the diskette drive For information about testing the diskette drive see Diskette Drive Test FD on page 4 10 This test will fail if the inserted diskette is write protected or if the test is started when there is no diskette in the diskette drive PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility
152. e default value Full All Components b Press the down arrow to select PIM Press the Tab key to access the Source field Then a Press the Space bar to select the default PC Card b Press the down arrow to select Internal CF Card Press the Tab key then the Enter keyr or touch Start Installation to begin the PIM software installation process The PIM software is installed Touch OK when done Touch the Install Operation field and select Printer Controller from the list Touch Start Installation to begin the printer software installation process The Printer Controller software is installed Touch OK when done Touch Quit then Restart Unit The unit restarts automatically the calibration screen appears Follow the standard setup steps to set the date and time and calibrate the touch screen For details see Setting the Date and Time on page 3 19 and Touch Screen Calibration on page 3 18 Preparing a New Internal CompactFlash CF Card In the event that flashing the system from an installed internal CompactFlash CF card fails you may need to reinstall the software on the card To prepare a new internal CompactFlash CF card 1 2 Unplug the AC power cord Turn the AC power switch to the Off position and ensure that the AC power indicator light front of cardiograph is not lit Remove the batteries Ensure that both batteries are fully removed from the battery compartment See Removing and Replacing Batteries
153. e eeeee 6 3 Patient Interface Module PIM llle 6 4 Replacing Lead Wires one eet reeci EV et m ete 6 4 Removing the PIM sire RR RESET E IE RENT ep der 6 6 Replacing the PIM 0 2 2 eee ee eee eee eee III 6 7 Replacing the PIM Data Cable 0 20 ce eee eee III 6 7 Removing and Replacing the AC Fuses 0 2 cece cece eee eee eee e nent eens 6 8 Removing and Replacing the Paper Tray 0 0 cee eee eee eee ee eens 6 9 Removing the Paper Tray 1 0 2 cece cece cee eee e eee eens 6 9 Replacing the Paper Tray 1 0 0 ce eee eee eee ee eee I 6 9 Removing and Replacing the Cart Casters 0 2 0 cece eee eee eee eee eee 6 10 Removing the Cart Casters secs dates eau a ensem Hen RR RERO teda 6 10 Replacing the Casters 0 2 cece cece cece eee I 6 12 Removing and Replacing the Cart Base 1 0 2 eee eee eee eee nee 6 14 Removing the Cart Base 0 0 eee eee ec cece eee nee eeeeeeee 6 14 Replacing the Cart Base 6 eee eee I 6 15 Removing and Replacing the Cart Top Assembly 0 cee eee eee eee ees 6 15 Removing the Cart Top Assembly 0 sce e eee eee eee n ene eeeee 6 15 Replacing the Cart Top Assembly 0 cece eee cece eee ee 6 16 Removing and Replacing the Top Cover sss 6 16 Removing the Top Cover 0 0 cece eee cece eet e teen ence ne eneee 6 16 Replacing the Top Cover re 0 2 cee eee ee cee eee Ih 6 19 Removing and
154. e figure 6 92 4 Secure the patient data cable to the display hinge bracket with a cable tie as shown in Figure 6 84 on page 6 54 Dress the individual wires close to the hinge bracket so that they will not be pinched when the top cover is installed See Figure 6 87 on page 6 57 for an example of correct cable dressing and see Figure 6 88 on page 6 57 for an example of incorrect cable dressing PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 61 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the On Standby Label Figure 6 94 Patient data cable routed underneath display hinge bracket Attach the display See page 6 18 Replace the top cover See page 6 17 Attach the rear cover See page 6 17 Insert the batteries See page 6 3 0 N A a Plug the AC power cord into the power source Removing and Replacing the On Standby Label The On Standby label can be removed and replaced if it is faded or worn Figure 6 95 The On Standby label EJ 0 To remove and replace the on standby label 1 Inserta razor knife or similar instrument underneath a corner of the label 2 Lift the label at one corner and carefully peel it off 3 Align the replacement label and affix to the cardiograph 6 62 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Replacement Parts This chapter shows illustrated detailed views of each of the cardiograph subassemblies together with each element s part number to facilitate pa
155. ed on this Service Documentation CD Patient Interface Module PIM The Patient Interface Module PIM is a hand held device that contains all of the cardiograph s waveform data acquisition electronics The PIM connects to the patient data cable and to the lead wires attached to the patient The PIM is available in a standard 12 lead or an extended 16 lead model The PIM has an Action button that is used to take ECG Snapshots from the bedside The lead wires and the patient data cable are shipped fully connected to the PIM For details about connecting the lead wires to the PIM see the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 1 14 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Figure 1 4 Standard 12 Lead Patient Interface Module PIM Components A Action button C Limb lead wires B Chest lead wires D Patient data cable connects to RJ 11 receptacle on right side of cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 15 Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components Figure 1 5 16 Lead Patient Interface Module PIM Components A Action button C Limb and optional extended lead wires B Chest lead wires D Patient data cable connects to RJ 11 receptacle on right side of cardiograph Configuring the 16 Lead PIM software version C 01 02 and higher only The optional 16 lead PIM may be configured to support three different 15 and 16 lead options for adult and pediatric application The 16 le
156. ee eee eens 1 3 Important Patient and Safety Information 1 5 The PageWriter Touch Cardiograph 0 0 ce ee eee 1 5 Features orn i gira de E t eR eee pe eem Ge 1 5 Capabilities isle eer va uua yai vac aree 1 5 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components 1 6 Cardiograph Components 0 00 02 e eee eee 1 6 Patient Interface Module PIM 000 000 eee 1 10 Installations 5 eer Laws aie ad one metre ste Des ete 1 12 Options and Accessories llle 1 12 Upgrades ihe emer eae oe Ee er RUE 1 13 Supplies and Ordering Information 1 14 Ordering Supplies 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee 1 14 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Supplies Part Numbers 1 14 Localization Options 20 eee ee eee eee 1 16 Contacting a Philips Response Center 1 17 Other Resources vb sie cedes e Vere ee xd e 1 20 Accessing Updates at InCenter 00 1 20 Accessing Documentation at the Philips Website 1 20 1 1 Introduction Who Should Use this Service Manual Who Should Use this Service Manual The intended users of this Service Manual are technical personnel trained in the safe and proper servicing of the PageWriter Touch cardiograph Before attempting to service the cardiograph review the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 for software version C 01 02 and higher or Edition 6 for so
157. een Calibration on page 3 18 To calibrate the touch screen with the Touch Calibration diagnostic test 1 From the Service Utility select Screen Test from the Diagnostic Tests pull down menu upper right side of screen 2 Touch Touch Calibration 3 Perform steps 5 through 8 of Touch Calibration on page 3 25 Screen Test The Screen Test is used to verify the quality of the color displayed on the touch screen To perform the screen test 1 From the Service Utility select Screen Test from the Diagnostic Tests pull down menu upper right side of screen 2 Touch Screen Test A blank gray screen appears 3 Perform steps 5 through 10 of Screen Test on page 3 26 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 4 11 Performance Verification and Safety Tests 4 12 NOTE NOTE Performance Verification Tests PIM Test This test is used to confirm that the Patient Interface Module PIM is communicating with the cardiograph This test can be performed when the cardiograph displays PIM error messages when the PIM patient data cable is securely attached to the RJ 11 receptacle on the right side of the cardiograph To perform the PIM test 1 From the Service Utility select PIM Test from the Diagnostic Tests pull down menu upper right side of screen The PIM Test window appears with the message Accessing PIM The PIM Test results appear in the window Touch OK If the message PIM Test Passed appears the PIM
158. eless LAN card with the cardiograph follow the instructions contained in the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Wireless LAN Installation Instructions found on the User Documentation CD or download the file from the Philips InCenter site incenter medical philips com To configure cardiograph network settings 1 2 3 4 NOTES Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Network tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue Under Network ID touch the field next to Computer Name The cursor appears in the field Type in a unique name to identify the specific cardiograph on the network up to sixteen letters or numbers The Computer Name is a required field and cannot be left blank The Computer Name field cannot be left blank and cannot contain any special characters This field can only contain the letters A Z or the numerical digits 0 9 Do not enter any spaces into the Computer Name field If any spaces are entered the entered Computer Name will be erased and replaced with the text WinCE Select the Wire Network or Wireless Network tab right of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue If a static IP address is used select Specify IP Address If the network supports DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol select Obtain IP Address Automatically Touch PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Configuring TraceMasterVue and Netw
159. ely scanning barcode data PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 4 13 Performance Verification and Safety Tests Performance Verification Tests 4 14 For details on performing the test see Barcode Reader Test on page 3 28 For details on calibrating the barcode reader see Calibrating the Barcode Reader on page 3 21 To test the barcode reader 1 Plug the optional barcode scanner into the barcode scanner connector located on the bacj of the cardiograph 2 From the Service Utility select Barcode Reader from the Diagnostic Tests drop down list upper right side of screen 3 Touch Start The cardiograph prompts the user to scan a test barcode pattern Any barcode can be used for this test 4 Perform steps 5 through 8 of Barcode Reader Test on page 3 28 5 Compare the text displayed on the screen to the actual text beneath the barcode A failed test is one in which the displayed text does not match the actual barcode ECG Simulation ECG Taking an ECG using a 12 lead ECG simulator allows you to verify areas of operation that the extended self test cannot check including Integrity of the patient leads a Accuracy of the paper speed not available on all simulators m Accuracy of the gain settings not available on all simulators The recorded ECG trace should look similar to the one shown in Figure 4 3 Trace differences may result from differences in simulators simulators settings and from dif
160. ement System software version B 01 or higher Full ECG data from extended lead 15 or 16 lead ECGs is transferred to the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System Only XML version 1 03 is compatible with the Philips 12 Lead XML Utilities For more information on the Philips 12 Lead XML Utilities see Downloading the XML Utilities and the XML Utility Suite Instructions for Use on page 1 30 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Top Level ECG Data Flow and Storage Theory of Operation Figure 2 2 ECG Flow and Storage EXTERNAL REMOTE ARCHIVE TRACEMASTERVUE ECG MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FAX RENDERED ECG REPORT PRINT ECG DATA XML FAX ETHERNET MODEM WLAN PageWriter Touch CF SOCKET non user accessible INTERNAL MAIN ARCHIVE amp REMOTE RETRIEVED ARCHIVE USB MEMORY STICK n RENDERED ECG REPORT PRINT INTERNAL COMPACT FLASH 128 MB APPLICATION ECG DATA BUFFERS amp XML TEMPORARY ECG ECG STORAGE SIGNAL MEMORY RAM DATA INTERNAL THERMAL PRINTER PC CARD SOCKET 3 5 IN FLOPPY DISK DRIVE EXTERNAL PC CARD 1 44 MB DOS PCMIA FLASH CARD FORMATTED DISKS 128 MB PATIENT INTERFACE C MODULE PIM EXTERNAL EXTERNAL FLOPPY PC CARD ARCHIVE ARCHIVE ECG DATA XML ECG DATA XML PATIENT SIGNAL DATA PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 2 7 Theory of Operation Top Level ECG Data Flow and Storage 2 8 NOTE Internal Main Archive The in
161. emove the fuse holder from the power entry module 5 Remove the fuses from the fuse holder as shown 6 Insert the new fuses into the holder The back end of the fuse will slightly protrude out of the fuse holder in order to make contact with a terminal inside the power entry module PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 11 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Replacing the Lead Wires in the PIM Replacing the Lead Wires in the PIM To replace the lead wires 1 Unplug the cardiograph from AC power Pull out the AC power cord from the rear of the cardiograph 2 Disconnect the PIM from the RJ 11 receptacle right side of cardiograph 3 Remove the PIM cover by removing the screw on the cover housing using Phillips head screwdriver 4 Remove the PIM cover to expose the lead wire connectors The inside of the PIM is labeled to identify the lead wire connections A Lead wire labeling B Lead connector 3 12 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Replacing the Lead Wires in the PIM 5 Remove the lead wire s by pulling the connector up 6 Match the lead wire labeling on lead with the same lead wire connector on the PIM Replace the lead wire by snapping it into the connector 7 Reattach the PIM cover 8 Reattach the patient data cable to the RJ 11 receptacle right side of cardiograph n WARNING To ensure safety and prevent damage to the system only connect t
162. enance screen in Configuration For details see Battery Maintenance and Care on page 3 6 Refresh Data The information displayed in the Service Utility does not refresh automatically To refresh the Service Utility screen gt Touch Refresh to display the latest data Print Status Allows you to print the information displayed in the Service Utility To print the contents of the Service Utility screen gt Touch Print Status If desired type the tester name date and time in the Tester Info field for inclusion on the report Restart Unit Touch Restart Unit to exit the Service Utility and reset the cardiograph You must always reset the cardiograph after exiting the Service Utility Accessing the Windows CE Desktop 5 18 NOTE To access the Windows CE desktop 1 Place the cardiograph in Standby mode Entering the Service Utility requires a full reboot of cardiograph Any unsaved patient data will be lost 2 Perform a soft reset by pressing the Reset button adjacent to the USB connector on the rear panel of the cardiograph After approximately 40 seconds the PageWriter Touch software ID screen appears followed by an audible beep 3 Quickly while the splash screen is displayed hold down the right CTRL and SHIFT keys together and tap the touch screen PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting DC Voltage Test Points NOTE The splash screen disappears after five seconds s
163. eports the status of the printer control board Normal status appears as OK Total Pages Printed m This is a counter that records the number of total pages printed by the thermal printer m This number is only an estimate as partially printed pages and form feeds may not be counted m This counter is reset whenever the system software application kernel printer is reloaded Installed Options a Not supported Debug Port For internal Philips use only Change Debug Port For internal Philips use only Battery Info The battery statistics are shown for each battery separated by a comma for example Battery A Battery B where Battery A is the battery installed toward the front of the cardiograph closest to the operator Battery Info ta Battery Status Temp degC Voltage mV Expected Max Error 9 o Remaining Capacity Total mAH Full Charge Capacity mAH Percent Full 9 o Charge Current mA Run Time to Empty min 55535 65535 Cycle Count xoxo EXE po 0 0 16536 6547 0 0 0 0 78 64 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 9 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 9 Field Name Battery Status Using the Service Utility Service Utility Battery Info Fields Description Hex code for the last updated status of the batteries The following represents typical status values 0x0080 Charging 0x00C0 Not charging 0x0020 Full
164. er PE TraceMasterVue Remote Site CORRE DON ODES 2 2s server does not exist or is not Follow the steps in the configured properly procedure included in the a The cardiograph did not receive Sonor Abau wired response fob the Ethernet and Wireless FAN TraceMasterVue Remote Site conned Usik DUCE server within a specified period pupsse Ppi of time a The cardiograph is configured with both wired Ethernet and wireless LAN settings for DHCP the wired Ethernet LAN DHCP settings are taking precedence and will need to be modified Unexpected A connection to the Follow the steps in the procedure Reply Received from Remote Site TraceMasterVue Remote Site server exists but the server is not properly acknowledging receipt of the packet data Resolving an Unexplained Reply Received from the Remote Site on page 5 52 Checking the Wireless Adapter Association to an Access Point Use the following procedure when a wireless adapter is not associating with an access point 1 Check the LEDs on the wireless adapter See Table 5 14 for further steps Table 5 14 LED Indicators Red LED blinking quickly 1 Green LED blinking quickly LED Indicators Recommended Solution Move the cardiograph to an area with a strong wireless signal The green LED should then blink slowly or turn off completely indicating that the wireless adapter is associated with an access point 2 If the green LED continues to blink quickly
165. er 1 Hold the barcode reader at a 45 angle and push the button top of scanner Scan the barcode labeled 1 in Figure 3 9 Three beeps are heard 2 Scan the barcodes labeled 2 8 in Figure 3 9 A single beep is heard after each barcode is scanned 3 After barcode 8 is scanned three beeps are heard Calibration is complete Perform the Barcode Test see page 3 28 to verify performance PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 21 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance 3 22 Figure 3 9 Barcode Calibration Sequence Enter program mode 999999 Load Keyboard Wedge Defaults 3999994 Configuration Code amp 1 380022110 Configuration Code amp 2 381551200 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Barcode Reader Maintenance Cardiograph Care and Maintenance 5 6 7 8 Barcode Reader Maintenance Configuration Code 3 8162T00 Configuration Code 4 816680 Configuration Code 5 8188100 Exit program mode 999999 Removing the Carriage Return Scan the following barcode when the barcode reader incorrectly scans data in any field on the Patient ID screen The following procedure removes a carriage return from the end of a data scan that can cause errors when entering Patient ID information PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 23 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance To calibrate the barcode reader Maintenance Tests 1 Hold the barcode reader at a 45 angle and
166. er Williams PEDIATRIC ECG INTERPRETATION VAR Speed 25 mm sec Limb 10mm mV Chest 10 mm mV 60 0 05 150 Hz PHO90A P 5 PHILIPS Fax Rendered ECG Report Print A fax rendered ECG report print is equivalent to the rendered ECG report print as described in the previous section except it has been adjusted to comply with fax transmission and resolution device requirements The ECG report is rendered and transmitted using the optional fax and modem PC card when a remote fax site is pre configured on the cardiograph and the user indicates a fax transfer should occur The fax rendered ECG report print may be stored on the received system end as an electronic file and may not actually be used to produce a printed copy No guarantee is made as to the suitability of the faxed ECG for any particular purpose due to the variability inherent in fax technology 2 10 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Power System Overview Theory of Operation Power System Overview The cardiograph power system consists of a 65 watt AC DC medical grade power supply two 2 6 6 Amp hour lithium ion smart batteries battery charging circuitry various voltage regulators and logic circuitry to provide for smart battery operation The cardiograph is designed to run primarily on battery power using the AC power for recharging However the cardiograph may operate solely from AC power without batteries The power system is a smart system that i
167. eration and maintenance of the unit The cardiograph uses up to two CompactFlash CF cards a An internal CompactFlash CF card is attached to the main control board This card is referred to as the internal CompactFlash CF card This card contains the current system software required to run the cardiograph The internal CF card is specifically formatted for use with the cardiograph and should never be reformatted using a PC or other device Internal CF cards should never be swapped between different main control boards An external CompactFlash CF card can be attached to an adapter and inserted into the PC card slot located on the rear of the cardiograph This card adapter combination is referred to as the PC card This card 1s used to transfer ECGs between devices as well as to update the cardiograph system software a On board memory flash contains the kernel operating system When you re flash the system you copy the kernel from the internal CompactFlash CF card to the on board memory Figure A 1 Installing and upgrading PageWriter Touch software To Upgrade the software on a working cardiograph Use this procedure Standard Software Installation Procedure on page A 3 Re flash the cardiograph if the cardiograph will not start Reflashing the Kernel on page A 15 Install printer and PIM software from the internal CF card Installing Printer and PIM Software from the Internal Compact
168. ere the clinician decides to evaluate the electrocardiogram of adult and pediatric patients as part of decisions regarding possible diagnosis potential treatment effectiveness of treatment or to rule out causes for symptoms The Philips 12 Lead Algorithm The PageWriter Touch Cardiograph software uses the Philips 12 Lead Algorithm The algorithm in the software analyzes the morphology and rhythm on each of the 12 leads and summarizes the results The set of summarized measurements is then analyzed by the clinically proven ECG Analysis Program 12 lead reports may include or exclude ECG measurements reasons or analysis statements Intended Use The intended use of the Philips 12 Lead Algorithm is to analyze multi channel ECG signals from adult and pediatric patients with algorithms that provide measurements data presentations graphical presentations and interpretations for review by the user The interpreted ECG with measurements and interpretive statements is offered to the clinician on an advisory basis only It is to be used in conjunction with the clinician s knowledge of the patient the results of the physical examination the ECG tracings and other clinical findings A qualified physician is asked to overread and validate or change the computer generated ECG interpretation 1 8 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Cardiograph Features Indications for Use The Philips 12 Lead Algorithm is to be used
169. erver must be entered along with the user name For example if the domain name for the Remote Site is TMVuel and the user name is pwt enter TMVue1 pwt into the User Name field The same Domain name is entered into the Domain field under the Net Connect tab The user name specified must be a member of a TraceMaster group that has View privileges to TraceMasterVue Touch the field next to Password The cursor appears in the field Type in the password assigned to the specified user Select the Enable SSL Security check box to enable the Secure Socket Layer SSL encryption protocol This setting is applicable for both LAN and modem connections Touch the text to select the check box The SSL security feature should only be enabled on the cardiograph when it is also enabled on the TraceMasterVue server that contains the configured Remote Site For more information consult your System Administrator Do not enable this setting on the cardiograph only Touch the Net Connect tab top right of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue Select Always Connected LAN wireless LAN or Dial up modem connection Touch the text to select the radio button If selecting the Always Connected setting proceed to step 20 If Dial up modem connection is selected touch the drop down arrow button next to Dialing Devices required field that must be completed to display the drop down list PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Configuring T
170. essage Test Calibration Test Failed may appear if the Force Calibration test is performed without the Touch Calibration diagnostic test Even though this message appears the touch screen is properly calibrated Touch the Close button Touch Screen Cleaning The touch screen may require occasional cleaning To clean the touch screen 1 Dampen a soft cloth with water or with isopropyl alcohol 2 Wiring excess moisture from the cloth 3 Wipe the touch screen area clean Allow the touch screen to dry completely before use Setting the Date and Time The date and time that displays on the cardiograph may be changed from any Configuration screen or the Archive screen The date and time may also be configured to automatically synchronize with a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System Remote Site If the displayed date and time appears in blue the cardiograph was unable to connect to the specified Remote Site to perform the time synchronization for the past forty eight hours Check the network or modem connection to the TraceMasterVue system For more information on the Time Sychronization feature see Chapter 3 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 For information on troubleshooting network or modem connectivity with a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System see TraceMasterVue Remote Site Troubleshooting on page 5 50 Setting the date and time requires a full restart of the cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiog
171. ette DFivVe eT TEE 5 30 Display iste ettet ars sascha sales i e ecu ed b usto ee alam dus ha tod 5 31 Keyboard i e ae ede eat hada eo See AL ee tee ae RSRSSEY ALES 5 33 eL M ERE 5 35 Patient Interface Module PIM Signal Acquisition llle 5 36 PC Card Modem Card air 5 8a tne aed eye eee hee get sede Pi Se eee ET 5 39 Printed EGG Sire soa exci ones eR Ge V MIG ROAMING CA COREG PRESS HERE de 5 41 Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting llle 5 42 R T real time ECG Screen 1 1 0 eee eee eee e 5 47 Restarting the Cardiograph 2 2 0 cece cece ete I 5 48 TraceMasterVue Remote Site Troubleshooting lll cece cece eens 5 50 Checking the Remote Site Server Connection llle eee 5 51 Resolving an Unexplained Reply Received from the Remote Site 5 52 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Contents 5 Table of Contents Wireless LAN Card Troubleshooting 2 0 0 cee cece cee eee eee 5 53 Checking the Wireless Adapter Association to an Access Point 5 55 About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP 5 57 Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Required 1ODIS qu duos 95 45 e eco pt coe ma valo a tee weeny GRA GEE Bak a an pe c oS au me 6 2 Removing and Replacing Batteries 2 6 2 Removing the Batteries cercen ia ec cece ehh 6 2 Replacing the Batteries 0 00 occ eee eect cence nent ee
172. ette e Ren C 1 Touchscreen Display 2 0 cee eee cece eee II C 1 Patient Interface Module i ee ede C ep hte MERC OE S e tae ah he RS C 1 Cardiograph Cart ekRTr n only pages Te E Rm sten n pls C 1 Signal Processing Acquisition llle C 2 Sampling Rate sgh at ED ee as Oe a MED gate C 2 Auto Frequency Response lesse C 2 Rhythm Frequency Response sese C 2 gil R Hn C 2 PrIBESP C qd eR EGER USO QUERER E HEP ERN ACESS 23 NUI EE RE RAE C 2 Printer Resolution csv she ees ede ee Ee RR RR ee ie C 2 Report Formats i ee PR oe edad Ple ur p SETA ae eG C 2 Battery Operation 20 cece eee eee eee I C 3 Capacity 2 Lacs sae is aate ited seule Secale saath ele Nea feit C 3 Recharge boss den Gaatiwee shied ee ide teh Mendel eed dy C 3 NetWork Connection asas ace tet AREE NO Nese e oae ac ie evoswe eas C 3 FAX Capability optional llle C 3 Modem optional for USA and Canada sss C 3 Barcode Reader optional 2 0 2 cee e eee eee eect rh C 3 Magnetic Card Reader optional 0 cece eee ee eee eee eee eee C 3 EGG Storages c iu ooa Bont aed teas IUD ue bas ERI se X RR Cae C 3 ECG File Formats eco oer E Re Rex rr e eR ERE ER EE ERE C 4 Power and Environment cse osha eee oes repe ups Meee eot e Sm e SR C 4 Eine OWI quce reet tu tuat E erede opo bon a sd ie plat i RU tee Eu C 4 Environmental Operating Conditions
173. ettings 8 6 The Remote Sites feature on the cardiograph is used to configure the connectivity settings used with a specific TraceMasterVue ECG Management System server TraceMasterVue ECG Management System Remote Sites one or more transmit ECG and order data to the cardiograph and receive ECG and order data from the cardiograph ECG and order data transmission to and from a Remote Site can be done with a modem or with a wireless or wired network connection For more comprehensive information on configuring Remote Sites with a PageWriter Touch or other Philips cardiographs see the Installing TraceMasterVue and Configuring Communication Guide available for download from the Philips InCenter site incenter medical philips com The following illustration provides an overview of how ECG and order data can be transferred from the cardiograph to a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings For information on configuring fax transmission from the cardiograph to a remote receiving fax machine see Chapter 3 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 Figure 8 3 PageWriter Touch to TraceMasterVue Remote Site Transfer Configured Remote Site oraret a it Auto ECG TraceMasterVue ECG MANAGEMENT SYSTEM with OrderVue AUTO ECG REP
174. f the display hinge bracket to the bottom housing Lift the hinge bracket slightly and slide the patient data cable out see Figure 6 83 on page 6 53 Figure 6 83 Display Hinge Bracket Screws E FF Remove these two R screws cT L PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 53 CAUTION 6 54 8 Remove the ferrite from its clip 9 Remove the J2 and J3 connectors from the power supply assembly by grasping the wires of each connector and then pulling each straight up See Figure 6 77 on page 6 47 10 Remove J5 J6 J7 and J12 connectors from the main control board by grasping the wires of each connector and then pulling straight up See Figure 6 71 on page 6 42 11 Remove the J22 connector by grasping the connector directly and then pulling straight up See Figure 6 71 on page 6 42 12 Cut the cable ties at three locations as shown See Figure 6 85 on page 6 55 Do not damage the wires PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly 13 14 15 16 17 Figure 6 85 Cutting Cable Ties MED GAUMSVSTEMSIMNSCOONEOTON 6H OH 6H O H6 5650 de Dettery TTU a rT c JP 1 REN Remove the J9 connector from the printer control board by grasping all the connector wires and then pulling straight up See Figure 6 78 on page 6 49 Using a Torx T10 driver remove the three M3 x6mm screws that secure the battery
175. ferences in configuration and control settings on the cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Simulated 12 Lead ECG Figure 4 3 10 58 35 16 Sep 07 Simulated Data a EEES PETER EE E HE EHE E EHRE A d Xp d Opp iibi d d SE aL SE LET ES Ero p um I xdi don Ee EE p p illc pls Ei Heuer M eg Rud 3 E T E E pa E SESE ES ESE SESE SSE EE 2i dl gldibisdugacl msi LLLI LER Eignung pape nat er Rnt EREE ae a a P P reseed alba ee Hc ES Se HEU HE TEP a To make a simulated ECG recording Connect the PIM lead wires to the simulator 2 Touch the R T ECG button Verify that all lead wires are connected by observing the display for flat lines 3 Firmly pull each lead wire tight and then look for excessive noise on the display may be indicated by yellow or orange waveforms Check the leads map to be sure that an 93 does not appear next to any electrodes 4 15 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Figure 4 4 Lead Off Symbol Red X 4 Touch the Auto button then Continue to print an Auto ECG Depending on how the cardiograph is configured the ECG may print automatically or it may appear on the Preview screen only Touch the Print button on the Preview screen to print the ECG 5 Verify the following on the printed ECG
176. figuration File window appears Under Select Output Destination touch the drop down arrow button to display the drop down list Touch the output media USB Memory Stick PC Card or Floppy Disk to select it Touch the field under dir Filename ext The cursor appears in the field Type in a name for the custom settings file Touch the OK button The file is saved to the selected removable media Remove the media from the cardiograph Installing the Software Application and Kernel To install the software application and kernel 1 To protect against static discharge touch the PC card with memory card inserted into the adapter to the grounding post on the rear of the cardiograph Figure A 6 Rear panel of cardiograph A Grounding post B PC card eject button C PC card slot Insert the PC card into the PC card slot on the rear of the cardiograph Ensure that the PC card is fully inserted into the slot PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual A 7 3 CAUTION NOTE Installing the Software Ensure that the cardiograph is in Standby black screen If the unit is in QuickStart press the space bar to return the cardiograph to active use Press the On Standby button to put the cardiograph into Standby Figure A 7 On Standby button A AC power indicator light B On Standby button Always put the cardiograph in Standby before removing or replacing the Patient Interface Module PIM Do
177. four static WEP keys with 40 bit or 128 bit encryption The index of the WEP transmit key must match the index of the client adapter For example the first WEP key on the access point must match the first key on the wireless adapter Authentication Type This setting defines how the wireless adapter will attempt to authenticate to an access point Open User Name This setting is only used with LEAP Consult your network administrator for more information on this setting User Password This setting is only used with LEAP Consult your network administrator for more information on this setting User Domain This setting is only used with LEAP Consult your network administrator for more information on this setting PAC Provisioning Mode This setting is only used with EAP FAST and is not supported on the PageWriter Touch cardiograph PAC Authority This setting is only used with EAP FAST and is not supported on the PageWriter Touch cardiograph B 6 PageWriterTouch Cardiograph Service Manual Wireless LAN Installation Installing the Wireless LAN Card Table B 2 Wireless LAN Card Settings continued Setting Description Philips Recommended Default Setting Mixed Mode This setting indicates if Consult your network administrator for the wireless adapter can more information on this setting associate to an access point that allows both WEP and non WEP association
178. ftware version B 01 Conventions Used in this Service Manual The Service Manual uses the following typographic conventions Item How Displayed Menu item Menu items and button names appear in a bold no serif font Butt Peco name Example Touch Config Keyboard keys Keyboard keys such as Enter or Tab appear in italic font Example Press Enter after typing the name WARNING Warning statements describe conditions or actions that may result in a potentially serious outcome adverse event or a safety hazard Failure to follow a Warning may result in death or serious injury to the user or to the patient CAUTION NOTE TIP Caution statements describe when special care is necessary for the safe and effective use of the product Failure to follow a caution may result in minor to moderate personal injury or damage to the product or other property a remote risk of more serious injury or may cause environmental pollution Notes contain additional important information about a topic A Tip contains suggested information on using a particular feature Menu items and button names appear in bold no serif font Example Touch the Config button PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Safety Summary Safety Summary Safety Symbols Marked on the Cardiograph Symbol Name Description Attention See PageWriter Touch Instructions for Use for A information Type CF ECG physio isolation is type
179. ge or Problem Error Cannot read ECG Only ECGs in XML schema format 1 04 can be imported Archive Troubleshooting continued Possible Cause amp Investigative Step An ECG in XML version 1 03 was selected to be imported to a cardiograph that has installed software version C 01 02 or higher Action None this is a Confirmation ECGs in XML format 1 04 can be success fully imported Barcode Reader system limitation Table 5 2 describes potential issues with the barcode reader Table 5 2 Problem The barcode reader does not correctly read a scanned barcode Barcode Reader Troubleshooting Possible Cause amp Investigative Step The barcode reader may need to be reconfigured Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Explanation Only ECGs in XML version 1 04 can be imported to a cardio graph that has installed software version C 01 02 or higher For more information on XML versions see About XML Versions on page 8 8 Solution Reconfigure the barcode reader see Calibrating the Barcode Reader on page 3 21 The error message Patient ID dialog is missing required fields appears after scanning barcode data into a Patient ID field The barcode reader is adding a carriage return to the end of the data scan Follow the procedure to remove a carriage return from the data scan see Removing the Carriage Return on page 3 23 Barcode data scans in lower c
180. gistration page appears Complete all of the information fields on the page to receive a login and password for the InCenter site Registration for the InCenter site requires the serial number s for all PageWriter Touch cardiographs in active use at your facility The serial number is found on the product identification label The product identification label is located on the rear panel of the cardiograph as shown in Figure 1 9 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 29 Introduction Using the Philips InCenter Site Figure 1 9 Serial Number on Product Identification Label Philips Medical Systems 3000 Minuteman Rd E Andover MA 01810 USA REF 860284 0123 OTT E USJ0601292 C20 C21 C22 C24 30 Made in USA A Product Serial Number About Adobe Acrobat Versions Adobe Acrobat Reader version 8 0 must be installed on the PC that is used to access the Philips InCenter site Previous versions of Acrobat Reader are not compatible with the Philips InCenter site and attempting to access InCenter with a previous version of Acrobat Reader will result in error messages when opening documents Uninstall all previous versions of Acrobat Reader and then proceed for a free install of Acrobat Reader 8 0 at www adobe com Any version of Adobe Acrobat Professional or Acrobat Elements are also not compatible with the Philips InCenter site and error messages will appea
181. gs The cardiograph restarts and the new network settings are applied Touching the No button on the Save Network Settings dialog box discards the selected network settings About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP If the Page Writer Touch cardiograph is configured to support both a wired Ethernet and wireless LAN connection using DHCP connectivity issues may occur when the Ethernet LAN cable is disconnected from the cardiograph and the wireless LAN card is either already inserted into the PC card slot or it is inserted at a later time In both instances the wireless LAN card will be unable to associate to an access point once the Ethernet LAN cable is disconnected from the cardiograph If the cardiograph must support both a wired and wireless connection using DHCP follow the procedure below to modify the Ethernet LAN settings when switching from the wired Ethernet to a wireless LAN connection Please note that both the wired Ethernet and wireless LAN connection using DHCP will function normally when the Ethernet LAN cable is connected to the cardiograph To modify the wired Ethernet LAN settings 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Network tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue A Ww N Touch the Wire Network tab If the wired network settings are configured for DHCP the Obtain IP Address Automatica
182. h Cardiograph Service Manual 5 33 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 2 Symptom Keyboard is typing incorrect characters Keyboard Troubleshooting continued Possible Cause Keyboard has the Caps Lock feature enabled Action Inspect the incorrectly typed characters on the display If only the case of the characters is incorrect press the Caps Lock key on the keyboard The keyboard controller subsystem has experienced a failure Action Press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph and then launch the Service Utility Run the Keyboard test from the Service Utility see page 5 33 Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Confirmation The characters correctly appear in the correct case Unable to enter the Service Utility or unable to complete the keyboard test successfully The keyboard is still typing in incorrect characters Solution User training on the proper use of the Caps Lock feature The cardiograph must be serviced to inspect and to possibly replace the keyboard the cabling or the main controller board The keyboard controller has experienced a failure Action Press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph and then launch the Service Utility Run the Keyboard test from the Service Utility see page 5 33 The keyboard is now functionally normally If the failure persists the cardiograph must be serviced to inspect and to possibly replace th
183. h Service Manual Top Level ECG Data Flow and Storage Theory of Operation CAUTION NOTE NOTE The PageWriter Touch cardiograph only supports the USB memory stick that is available for purchase as an optional accessory from Philips Medical Systems Philips does not guarantee that other USB memory sticks are compatible with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph The USB memory stick can store up to 150 ECGs Ensure that the USB memory stick is connected to the USB connector on the rear of the cardiograph The USB memory stick illuminates when it is properly inserted into the cardiograph USB connector The Windows CE operating system refers to the USB memory stick as a hard disk in desktop mode External Diskette Archives The external diskette archives reside on compatible 3 5 HD DOS formatted diskettes that the user inserts into the PageWriter Touch diskette drive Files may then be transferred to an inserted disk using the Archive mode features Files are then stored in the specified XML format An index file is created and maintained on each diskette when cdb files are transferred or copied Currently an external diskette archive is limited to a maximum of 5 ECGs The maximum may be decreased if any file contains noisy or complex signal data which then produces larger compressed data When you add or delete compatible ECG XML files from a diskette not using the cardiograph make sure to delete all cdb files prior to reinserting
184. h and recon nected or a different PIM has been connected while the cardiograph is in active use Action Touch the Continue button on the error message window and the cardiograph automatically restarts and recognizes the PIM Confirmation The error message disappears Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Solution a Only disconnected and reconnect a PIM from the cardiograph when in Standby Reenforce to user the proper procedure for swapping PIMs on the cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 37 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 5 Error Message One or more leads display as leads off red dashed line periodi cally Possible Cause A defib or high noise event has occurred Action Observe the frequency and recovery behavior Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues PIM and Signal Acquisition Troubleshooting continued Confirmation The leads off event coincides with move ment or placement or with the defib event Solution The PIM performs an automatic ranging action when input signals vary significantly If this issue persists in the absence of electrode movement or a defib event the cardiograph should be serviced to inspect and to possibly replace the PIM the patient data cable or the connector hardware A problem with the electrodes or leads Action Remove the PIM cover and ensure that the lead wire connectors are f
185. has a decreased memory capacity When the cardiograph operates with a decreased memory capacity the responsiveness of the cardiograph software is affected This Automatic Maintenance Reset is required when any of the following occurs The cardiograph has been in continuous operation for 48 hours without entering Standby or being reset 50 or more patient sessions have been completed a Physical memory and virtual memory have a combined capacity of less than 6 MB m The battery power level is less than 20 battery icon appears in red on the screen which causes the cardiograph to automatically enter Standby The user is notified at the end of a patient session or when selecting the Orders Archive or Configuration button to end a patient session that the cardiograph needs to be put into Standby and that it requires an Automatic Maintenance Reset A message appears that states Cardiograph Memory Needs to be Reset and provides instructions on how to put the cardiograph into Standby in order to clear the low memory condition During the Maintenance Reset the cardiograph display is black When the reset is complete the cardiograph software returns to normal responsiveness Do not leave a diskette in the diskette drive during a Maintenance Reset PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 33 3 34 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Performance Verification and Safety Tests This chapter describes the tests and inspe
186. he batteries See page 6 3 3 Remove the paper tray See page 6 9 4 Using a number 1 Philips screwdriver remove the two screws that secure the cardiograph to the cart 5 Remove the cardiograph from the cart by slightly lifting the front of the cardiograph then sliding it forward to clear the rear locking tabs on the cart 6 Turn the cart over PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Cart Casters 7 Remove the existing directional lock casters Depending upon the age of the cart base remove the casters in one of the following ways Using a 8 mm hex key remove the two M10 bolts Using a 6 mm hex key remove the one M8 bolt Figure 6 24 Removing M10 Bolts PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 11 8 If present remove the aluminum blocks from the casters using a 6 mm hex key Figure 6 26 Removing Aluminum Block Replacing the Casters NOTE Before installing the new casters depress the pedal on the caster and rotate the stud until it locks in position The new casters only lock in one position so it is important that the caster is oriented correctly on the cart base 6 12 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual To replace the casters 1 Using the new bolt provided in the kit install the aluminum block if present on the caster in the correct orientation as shown in Figure 6 27 Figure 6 27 Installing the Caste
187. he patient data cable to the correct RJ 11 receptacle on the right side of the cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 13 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Configuring the 16 Lead PIM The optional 16 lead PIM may be configured to support three different 15 and 16 lead options for adult and pediatric application The 16 lead PIM is shipped with the optional extended leads connected to the PIM The available 15 and 16 lead options are listed in Table 3 5 15 3 14 and 16 Lead PIM Configuration Options on page 3 14 For information on electrode Configuring the 16 Lead PIM placement for 15 and 16 lead options see Chapter 4 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 Table 3 5 Lead Option Pediatric 15 leads Posterior 15 leads Standard 12 leads plus extended leads AAMI IEC V3R C3R V4R C4R V7 C7 V7 C7 V8 C8 V9 C9 15 and 16 Lead PIM Configuration Options Lead Placement Vici V3R C3R vict v2ic2 v3ic3 V4ICA VS5ICS i V6lC6 v7ICT vaica v3ic3 V4ICA vsics i V6lC6 vic vasica veics PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Table 3 5 Lead Option Balanced 16 leads Standard 12 leads plus extended leads AAMI IEC V3R C3R V4R C4R V7 C7 V8 C8 Configuring the 16 Lead PIM 15 and 16 Lead PIM Configuration Options Lead Placement vic
188. heck the battery power indicator on the Status Bar Double tap the battery icon on the Status Bar for information on remaining battery power see Battery Power Indicator on page 1 21 Configure and turn on the Battery Saving Modes QuickStart Standby in Configuration Press the On Standby button to put the cardiograph into Standby mode when not in use Always charge the batteries when the cardiograph is not in use Plug the cardiograph into AC power Ensure that the AC power switch rear of cardiograph is turned to the On position and that the green AC power indicator light is lit see Figure 1 4 Cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Battery Maintenance and Care and Cart Front View on page 1 9 The batteries will charge while the cardiograph is in use but will charge at a slower rate m The use of cardiograph accessories wireless LAN card barcode reader magnetic card reader diskette drive PC card modem will deplete battery power at a faster rate The batteries will require more frequent charging if these accessories are used with the cardiograph a Reduce the display brightness to prolong battery life Operate the cardiograph charge the batteries and store the batteries at a room temperature of 25 C 77 F or lower Exposure to higher temperatures may reduce battery life damage the batteries and degrade overall cardiograph performance m If the cardiogr
189. hics accelerator chip and dedicated touch screen support hardware The touch screen provides finger tap input substituting for the normal Win32 mouse click input PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 2 3 Theory of Operation Hardware Logical View 2 4 Patient Information Module PIM The PIM is an SA1110 based WinCE subsystem which is connected by USB to the main control board It provides real time data acquisition of ECG signal from an electrode connected patient Printer Control USB The printer control board is a processor based control board for the PageWriter Touch thermal printer mechanism The board is connected by USB to the main control board and is powered by the power circuit of the main control board It provides ECG waveform rendering and basic bitmap imaging operations and uses a PCL like control language API for page description and feed control It controls the print head motor and detects drawer open and top of form Diskette Drive USB The cardiograph has a USB 3 5 diskette drive which provides DOS HD 3 5 diskette read and write access It works with the supplied WinCE2 0 driver USBFDD DLL USB External Drive The cardiograph has an external USB drive accessed from the rear panel of the cardiograph The USB drive is used with the optional USB memory stick Smart Batteries SMB The cardiograph uses twin 10 8V lithium ion batteries which provide industry standard SMB power management and commu
190. hm traces with flat lines and no lead labels will appear Incorrect lead labeling The original setting for The ECG does not The cardiograph does standard AHA TEC the ECG is different match the installed lead not support the mixing appears on printed ECG from the cardiograph standard on the of lead standards on default lead standard cardiograph ECGs Action Confirm that the ECG retrieved from TraceMasterVue is using the same lead format as the cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 41 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 6 Issue The symbols C and L or L appear on the lower right hand corner of the ECG report Printed ECG Troubleshooting Possible Cause amp Investigative Steps The optional features for algorithm PHO90A are operating normally Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting R T real time ECG Screen Confirmation Algorithm version PHO90A and the Lead Reversal and Critical Values features are enabled on the cardio graph Solution a If aC appears the optional Critical Values feature for algorithm PHO90A is enabled on the originating cardiograph a If L appears the optional Lead Reversal feature for algorithm PHO90A is enabled on the originating cardiograph If L appears the optional Lead Reversal feature for algorithm PHO90A is enabled and the operator overrode a lead reversal error message on the Preview screen Pri
191. hythm Frequency Response 0 05 150 Hz 0 15 150 Hz 0 05 150 Hz 0 15 100 Hz 0 05 40 Hz 0 15 40 Hz Filters m AC noise Baseline Wander m Artifact Printer Printer Resolution a High resolution digital array printer using thermal sensitive paper m 200 dpi voltage axis by 500 dpi time axis Report Formats m 3x4 1R 3R m 6x2 m Panoramic 12 Cabrera a 12x1 m 3x5 IR 3R a 4x4 1R m Rhythm up to 16 selected leads Extended Measurements PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Technical Specifications Specifications a One Minute Disclose 1 lead a Full Disclose 5 minutes 1 to 3 selected leads Battery Operation Capacity a Typically 50 ECGs and copies on a single charge or 40 minutes of continuous rhythm recording Recharge mw Seven hours in Standby mode to gt 90 capacity typical Network Connection a 10 100 Base T IEEE 802 3 Ethernet via RJ45 connector standard Optional software required for wireless LAN connection Wireless LAN connection is 802 11b compatible FAX Capability optional a Group 3 Class 1 or 2 fax Modem optional for USA and Canada wm V 90 K56flex enhanced V 34 V 32bis V 32 V 22bis and below Barcode Reader optional a Reads Code 39 standard and full ASCIT Magnetic Card Reader optional a Reads cards adhering to ISO 7810 7811 1 2 3 4 5 and JIS X 6301 and X6302 ECG Storage a XML File Format in version 1 03 or 1 04 m Upto 10
192. ication For information on the WebSelect Utility see the Using OrderVue with PageWriter Cardiographs Instructions for Use on the User Documentation CD or download the file from the Philips InCenter site incenter medical philips com To specify general order settings 1 Under PC Card Floppy USB right side of screen select Delete and Replace to delete all existing orders that have been previously loaded on the cardiograph from removable media each time that new orders are loaded from removable media Select Append to add the new orders to the list of orders downloaded from removable media no existing orders are deleted This setting is only applicable to orders that are downloaded to the cardiograph from removable media 2 The Delete Order after Archiving the ECG option automatically deletes an order from an Inbox once the ECG associated with the order is taken and saved to the Archive Touch the text to select the checkbox Now proceed to the next section to test order connectivity with the new Inbox Testing Order Inbox Connectivity Test the connectivity settings of a newly created Order Inbox following the procedure described below To test Order Inbox connectivity 1 Touch the R T ECG button to exit the Configuration screens Touch the Orders button on the Command Toolbar The Orders screen appears Touch the Find Orders button top right of screen The Find Order window appears h Ww N The Remote Orders Inbox drop d
193. ics Run diagnostic tests m Extract system log files m Print a unit status report Launching the Service Utility NOTE 5 2 Accessing the Service Utility To launch the Service Utility 1 Press the On Standby button to put the cardiograph in Standby Entering the Service Utility will require full reboot of cardiograph Any unsaved patient data will be lost PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility NOTE 2 Perform a soft reset by gently pressing the Reset button adjacent to the USB connector on the rear panel of the cardiograph After approximately 40 seconds the PageWriter Touch software identification screen appears followed by an audible beep PHILIPS PageWriter Touch PageWriter Touch Release C 01 02 C o Philips Medical Systems 3000 Minuteman Road Andover MA 01810 USA 3 Quickly while the splash screen is displayed press and hold down the left CTRL and SHIFT keys together and tap the touch screen The splash screen disappears after five seconds so if you miss it you must reset the cardiograph again An Access Code window appears If the Access Code window does not appear try the left CTRL SHIFT touch sequence again 4 Type the access code Enter the factory default access code 0000 zeros The Service Utility screen appears PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 3 Service Utility Interface Components The
194. iguration Paper tears off properly Reenforce to user that the proper paper tear method is being used The message Printer is OK appears Application error Action Open and firmly close the paper tray Press the Reset button located on the rear to restart the cardiograph The message does not appear again PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 45 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting R T real time ECG Screen Table 5 4 Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting continued Symptom or Error Possible Cause amp Confirmation Solution Message Investigative Step Blank pages are printed The cardiograph is An incorrect paper size after the ECG report configured for the was specified wrong paper size setting Action Check that the paper size is correctly set in cardiograph configuration 5 46 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting R T real time ECG Screen Table 5 5 Symptom The message Signal Acquisition Failure Please Wait appears and then the message Check Patient Input Module Connec tion appears R T ECG Screen Troubleshooting Possible Cause amp Investigative Step The PIM has become disconnected from the cardiograph or there is damage to the patient data cable Mechanical failure of PIM m Static discharge or unstable AC power condition Action If the Check Patient Inp
195. in 34 90 230 4050 Sweden 46 200 81 00 10 Switzerland 0800 80 3000 German 0800 80 3001 French Asia Response Centers Country Telephone Number Australia 1800 251 400 China 800 810 0038 Hong Kong 852 2876 7578 India 1600 112 444 Indonesia 62 21 7910040 ext 8610 Japan 81 0 120 095 205 Korea 82 0 2 3445 9010 Malaysia 1800 886 188 New Zealand 0800 251 400 Philippines 63 2 8162617 ext 875 Singapore 1800 Philips Taiwan 0800 005 616 Thailand 66 0 2 614 3569 Africa and Middle East Country All countries MCR Response Center located in The Netherlands Telephone Number 31 40 2781619 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 33 Theory of Operation This chapter includes the following information System OVERVIEW sci ens ew bance dees ee ted Seed Edo dei 2 2 Hardware Logical View 2 e cee eee eee eee eee eens 2 2 Main Control Board osis cries ren eee ee eee eens 2 2 Display and Touch Screen 2 2 ee eee eee ee eee ee 2 3 Patient Information Module PIM 0 0 00 c cece eee 2 4 Printer Control USB cere REESE ERO 2 4 Diskette Drive USB G ceres Tren Ess AERE TASEN GELEN 2 4 USB External Drive lesse 2 4 Smart Batteries SMB llle 2 4 Keyboard PS 2 e eee bre bee oe dots 2 4 Magnetic Card Reader Serial 0 2 2 0 cece eee eee 2 4 Barcode Reader PS 2 era ane eee eee eee eee ee 2 5 Top Level ECG Data Flow and Storage
196. in blue Touch the Delete Selected ECGs check box to have the ECG s deleted from the original Archive after transmission from the cardiograph is complete Touch the OK button The Transfer Selected ECGs progress bar window appears and the ECGs are transferred PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Power Supply Assembly Removing and Replacing the Power Supply Assembly CAUTION Always wear an electrostatic wrist band or other approved method for protection against electrostatic discharge when disconnecting and handling the power supply assembly Removing the Power Supply Assembly To remove the power supply assembly 1 Unplug the AC power cord 2 Remove the batteries See page 6 3 3 Remove the top cover See page 6 17 4 Disconnect the J1 J2 J3 connectors by grasping the connector wires and pulling straight up Figure 6 77 Power Supply Assembly J2 J3 Connectors y UNT J3 connector J2 connector 34699 A d Ground lug J1 connector connector PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 47 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components TIP Removing and Replacing the Printer Control Board Remove the four 4 M3 x 6mm screws that secure the power supply to the bottom housing using a Torx T10 driver Lift the power supply from the bottom housing Disconnect the ground spade lug connector from the power supply See Figure 6
197. includes the following information Networking Overview 0 0 cece cence eee teens 8 2 DHCP os eos oot dem tede o n bel saberes 8 2 Fixed IP Address 2 eWee e eR RIEN a 8 2 Auto Negotiation is eres vip sree hes pese burger Vp Gb pe pU DUE ER 8 2 Device IP Address Cei s 8 2 Pina Testers oe oe ete A ghe ELE S pee a eee deca 8 3 Configuring Other PageWriter Cardiographs 0 00202 eee 8 3 Configuring Network Settings 0 0 eee eee eee 8 4 About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP 8 5 Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings llle 8 6 Configuring a Remote Site Connection with Modem 8 7 About XML Versions 6 csse re dee wee ne eee pee be cea 8 8 Remote Site Security Feature eee 8 9 Testing TraceMasterVue Remote Site Connectivity 0 8 11 Editing Remote Site Settings 02 0 eee eee eee 8 12 Configuring OrderVue Settings 0 0 eee eee eee 8 13 Creating an InbOX 235 ev jo uer 9 RR er ey eR EUN EUR eek 8 14 General OrderVue Settings leen 8 16 Testing Order Inbox Connectivity 0 0 ee eee eee 8 16 Editing Inbox Settings 0 0 cc ees 8 17 Configuring Institution Settings 0 0 eee nee 8 17 About the Facility and Department Fields 0 0 00 0005 8 18 8 1 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Networking Overview Networking Overview 8 2 The settings de
198. ing the Service Utility llle 4 8 Printer Test P spere sek caters sees nami eate pee tute tinte ul 4 9 Diskette Drive Test FD 00 cece eee ee cee nent ee eeee 4 10 Touch Screen Display Test TD 4 10 Touch Calibration is eus xv sex soc CR OR Cae ew eR Aaa BUA Waheed CRE ARE 4 10 Sereen PESE cipe tuv be t Ea tne act petu p Le Ea 4 11 PIM Testi cote e PES ERpOONI t oen d da A Bayt ed ga 4 12 Keyboard Test K o yeri e ee ad de UAR E er EROS 4 12 Mod m Test M eee hecRLUERUR sien dest ne ERE RUPEM S 4 13 PC Card Test PCC oss RUD e LI RUE RE Ret er 4 13 USB Drive Storage Test 0 cece ee eect I 4 13 Barcode Reader Test BR 4 13 ECG Simulation ECG 0 2 cee eee cece eee n teenies 4 14 Safety T 8Sts n ortos te eto pea pda elo od Rice bead amp estes bho Poste dank ahd sade 4 17 Mest Notes Soo oe rRO tra ele ERU EUR A S82 BGG Se C8 Ret LB GRRE REE EAS 4 17 Safety Test S1 Protective Earth Resistance 0 cece eee eee eee ee 4 17 Safety Test S2 Equipment Leakage 0 2 0 eee cece eee eee 4 18 Safety Test S3 Leads Leakage Current 00 eee eee eee eee ene eens 4 18 OR at ttn was SON tA tte ke a eR oN Gt eu gt Uc eae SMU at eg 4 18 Chapter 5 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Repair Philosophy eue dette ad neg ee eet Ga ad AER ERA RU ee el 5 2 Using the Service Utility ce es Lae Oe Laas eben Re ai eae abd ses 5 2 Launching the Service Utility
199. ing the Service Utility 2 0 ee ee ee eee eee 5 2 Launching the Service Utility 00 0 0 eee eee eee 5 2 Service Utility Interface Components 202006 5 4 Diagnostic Tests Available in the Service Utility 5 11 Using the Software Installation Utility 0 00 5 15 System Log Feature eset eve E Le RR rese ae 5 16 Additional Service Utility Functions lees 5 18 Accessing the Windows CE Desktop 5 18 DC Voltage Test Points llle 5 19 Print Head Static Brush Resistance to Ground Test 5 20 Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues 5 21 AICllV6ez e cereus ROO Qi EOD MEC eG D ee aes 5 22 Barcod Readet spud beh Ga eae Re RP ue usu 5 27 Batteries and AC Power 2 cee eee ee ee 5 28 Diskette Drive 0 ei eM DR ern PG ec d 5 30 Display ue e eeu e at RR eer entes ea e en 5 31 Keyboard utet tee vH eim Peter uf decre 5 33 Orders 5 Lone eeu bi nce eate e o Ed 5 35 Patient Interface Module PIM Signal Acquisition 5 36 PC Card Modem Card 0 0 0 cece eene 5 39 Printed ECGS sce eae es Re Race RE E ee 5 41 Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting R T real time ECG Screen 5 47 TraceMasterVue Remote Site Troubleshooting 5 50 Wireless LAN Card Troubleshooting 006 5 53 Checking the Wireless Adapter Association to an Access Point 5 55 Restarting the Cardiograph 00
200. inistrator for more information on this setting Notes If the SSID field is left blank the cardiograph can associate with any access point on the network that is configured to accept broadcast SSIDs The SSID is case sensitive PageWriterTouch Cardiograph Service Manual Wireless LAN Installation Table B 2 Setting Client Name Description Defining a name for the specific cardiograph enables an administrator to determine what devices are connected to the network The client name is limited to 16 characters in length Installing the Wireless LAN Card Wireless LAN Card Settings continued Philips Recommended Default Setting Consult your network administrator for more information on this setting Infrastructure Mode Power Save Mode Network Security Type This setting specifies the type of network in which the cardiograph is being installed This setting defines the power consumption level for the wireless adapter This setting specifies the type of 802 11b authentication that the wireless adapter will use Yes Note The PageWriter Touch cardiograph does not support ad hoc or peer to peer communication Fast PSP Power Save Mode Notes Fast PSP is a power saving mode that automatically adjusts battery consumption based upon the amount of network traffic For example during periods of low network activity less power is consumed CAM Constantly Awake Mode is
201. inter control board Action Press the reset button located on the rear of the cardiograph Check seating of main harness assembly Replace if necessary Replace the printer controller board Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting R T real time ECG Screen Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting continued Confirmation Paper was loaded incor rectly Solution Reenforce to user the proper paper load procedure m If the issue persists it may be necessary to replace the TOF assembly or the paper tray assembly 5 44 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 4 Symptom or Error Message Paper does not advance Possible Cause amp Investigative Step a Application error m Defective TOF sensor assembly a Defective printer gearbox assembly Action Press the reset button located on the rear of the cardiograph Replace the TOF sensor assembly Replace the printer gearbox assembly Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting continued Confirmation Solution Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting R T real time ECG Screen Paper does not tear off cleanly or paper does not advance to the perferated edge a The cardiograph is configured for a specific paper size and a different paper size is loaded into the paper tray Incorrect method is being used to tear off paper Action Check that paper size is correctly set in cardiograph conf
202. iograph AY Qom o0 9 Or Ao e Tirma ma m uh C e DI 9 m i228 G 607 J A Tawa 1305 00m A AC power switch B Reset button 2 The cardiograph touch screen shuts off and the cardiograph restarts NOTE If the touch screen does not shut off turn the AC power switch to the Off position Check that the green AC power indicator light front of cardiograph is not lit Open the battery door and remove the batteries from the cardiograph Reinsert the batteries at the same time and turn the AC power switch to the On position Press the Reset button 3 After the cardiograph is reset a series of screens appear The software identification screen appears and then the touch screen calibration screen appears Perform the touch screen calibration The Set Date and Time screen appears Set the correct Date and Time The R T ECG screen appears and the cardiograph can be returned to normal use PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 49 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting TraceMasterVue Remote Site Troubleshooting 5 50 Restarting the Cardiograph All troubleshooting topics are listed in Table 5 7 For further assistance in configuring the cardiograph to transmit to a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System see the Installing TraceMasterVue and Configuring Communication Guide available for download from the InCenter site incenter medical philips com Table 5 7 Er
203. ion Continuously print a rhythm report to see if the behavior persists The leads off condition persists during contin uous rhythm printing The print head assembly will need to be replaced see page 6 35 PC Card Modem Card Table 5 3 Symptom Unable to copy an ECG from the Archive to a PC card and there are less than 100 ECGs saved to the PC card PC Card Issues Possible Cause amp Investigative Step There are other non ECG files on the PC card Action Delete non ECG files from the PC card and attempt to copy ECGs again Confirmation The ECGs are subse quently saved to the PC card Solution Reenforce to user that non ECG files need to be deleted from the PC card before attempting to save ECGs from the Archive PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 39 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 3 Symptom Occasionally copying ECGs from the Archive to the PC card fails PC Card Issues continued Possible Cause amp Investigative Step PC card subsystem time out failure Action Wait and retry the transfer operation Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Confirmation The ECGs are subse quently saved to the PC card Solution Write operations occasionally fail to the PC card If this condition persists replace the PC card Modem is not functioning after removing and rein serting the modem card or the PC card from
204. ipment The following test equipment is required to perform the complete set of Performance Verification tests a ECG Simulator a Electrical Safety Tester m Software Upgrade Kit CompactFlash Card with PCMCIA adapter Order part number 453563479701 through your Philips authorized service parts supplier Performance Verification Tests 4 6 Visual Inspection V Before beginning the inspection press the On Standby button to put the cardiograph in Standby mode and turn the AC power switch to the off position Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet Inspect the cardiograph external surfaces for the following a Worn or damaged power cord Loose or missing hardware a Mechanical damage a Evidence of liquid spill a Worn printer drive gear Worn printer roller a Corroded or damaged reusable electrodes if present a Damaged patient leads Dirt paper residue on the thermal print head a Frayed or damaged wiring a Visible touch screen damage a Replace any damaged or missing items a Clean the Patient Interface Module PIM and the lead wires as necessary See Cardiograph and PIM Cleaning on page 3 2 for more information PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Performance Verification and Safety Tests Performance Verification Tests Power On Test Reboot the cardiograph to process a completed Power On test To reboot the cardiograph gt Using a paper clip or other item with a small tip gently press
205. iter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 21 Introduction Installation Installation The PageWriter Touch does not require installation by Philips field personnel The cardiograph is customer installable See Chapters 2 and 3 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 that is included on this Service Documentation CD for information on cardiograph configuration Options and Accessories The country and region option includes the appropriate keyboard power cord printer paper patient leads and language The following table shows the configuration for the country and region Table 1 1 Power Cord Part Numbers d com Philips Part Number CMS P N 900 453563466251 M5000 61620 901 453563466261 M5000 61621 902 453563466271 M5000 61622 903 453563466281 M5000 61623 917 453563466301 M5000 61625 918 453563466311 M5000 61626 920 453563466321 M5000 61627 921 453563466331 M5000 61628 Table 1 2 Options Option Description A01 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph and Cart System A02 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph only C01 Barcode Reader C02 Magnetic Card Reader C03 PCMCIA card ECG storage C10 Modem Card U S and Canada only D01 Release C software D16 16 Lead PIM requires version C 01 02 and higher software 1 22 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Standard Accessories Upgrades The standard accessories are based o
206. k administrator to ensure that all settings are correct for both the wireless adapter and for the access point If MAC or IP filtering is enabled at the access point ensure that the wireless adapter MAC address or IP address is added to the list If multiple static WEP keys are being used the first index key must have an assigned value this value cannot be left blank The index of the WEP transmit key must match the index of the client adapter For example the first WEP key on the access point must match the first key on the wireless adapter If the cardiograph is configured with both wired Ethernet and wireless LAN DHCP settings the wired Ethernet settings are taking precedence and will need to be modified See About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP on page 5 57 for more information For further information see the Cisco Aironet Wireless LAN Client Adapters Installation and Configuration Guide for Windows CE available for download from www cisco com PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP If the Page Writer Touch cardiograph is configured to support both a wired Ethernet and wireless LAN connection using DHCP connectivity issues may occur when the Ethernet LAN cable is disconnected from the cardiograph and the wireless LAN card is eithe
207. l Touch splash m See Chapter 5 Diagnostics screen followed by and Troubleshooting for a the R T ECG list of codes screen the Power On test passes Individual Functional From within Service Mode the Tests following tests can be run Printer Test P m Perform Printer Test As described in the test P P pass m See Printer Test on prosedure P F fail Diskette Drive Test FDD page 3 30 Perform Diskette Drive Test See Diskette Drive Test FD on page 4 10 If the message FDD Test Completed Media Size x bytes No Error appears where x is approximately 140000 the Diskette Drive test passes FDD P pass FDD F fail Touch Screen m Perform the Touch Screen As described in the test TD P pass Display Test TD and Screen Image tests procedure TD F fail a See Maintaining the Touch Screen on page 3 18 and Screen Test on page 3 26 Keyboard Test K m Perform the Keyboard test As described in the test K P pass d m See Keyboard Test K on POPE K F fail page 4 12 4 4 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Performance Verification and Safety Tests Table 4 2 Test Block Name Test and Inspection Matrix continued Test or Inspection to Perform Expected Passing Test Results Test and Inspection Matrix What to Record on a Service Record Modem Test M m Perform the Modem Test As described in the test M P pass a See Modem Test
208. lay assembly on a flat surface with the display facing upwards PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 23 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Display 3 Remove the four rubber screw hole plugs located at the four corners of the display bezel Remove the four M3 x 10mm screws found underneath using a T10 Torx driver Figure 6 45 Removing the rubber plugs and screws 4 Turn the display over The four M3 x 10mm screws will fall out 5 Liftthe rear cover off the display Figure 6 46 Lifting the rear cover off of the display 6 Disconnect the On Standby connector as shown Figure 6 47 Disconnecting the On Standby connector 6 24 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Display 7 Remove the five M3 x 8mm screws using a T10 Torx driver as shown NOTE Once these screws are removed the display LCD and touchscreen panel will be free floating Ensure that the touchscreen and LCD do no separate during the following steps as the touchscreen flex circuit is susceptible to damage Figure 6 48 Removing the five M3 x 8mm screws TOUCHSCREEN FLEX CIRCUIT 8 While squeezing the display assembly together carefully turn the display over Lift the front bezel assembly off as shown Figure 6 49 Turning over display and lifting front bezel PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 25 Removing and Repla
209. le Tab 989803101361 Electrodes 10 total per pack AAMI a Alligator Clip Extender for Disposable Tab 989803101371 Electrodes 10 total in pack IEC 4 Pediatric disposable tab electrode 989803149901 5 Wide Disposable Tab Electrode Connector 10 989803106061 total per pack AAMI IEC Supplies item must be ordered from Philips Medical Systems Supplies See Supplies and Ordering Information on page 1 25 Special Note about Welsh Bulb Electrodes Figure 7 10 Welsh Bulb Electrode Welsh Bulb electrodes are offered as an optional supply part with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph Special care is necessary when using these electrodes Pay special attention to all warnings associated with these electrodes For information on cleaning the reusable Welsh Bulb electrodes See Reusable Electrode Cleaning on page 3 3 Philips Medical Systems recommends the use of disposable electrodes with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph WARNING The Welsh bulb electrodes available as an accessory for the cardiograph do not meet the requirements of IEC 60601 2 25 for defibrillation recovery time and cannot be reliably used for patient diagnosis following defibrillation WARNING Always clean and disinfect reusable electrodes before patient use See Reusable Electrode Cleaning on page 10 2 for information on cleaning and disinfecting reusable electrodes Failure to properly clean and disinfect reusable electrodes
210. lections in the field drop down list on the Patient ID screen if the same fields are enabled under the Patient ID tab For more information on configuring dynamic fields located under the Patient ID tab see Chapter 3 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 To configure institution information 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar 2 Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar 3 Touch the Institution tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue 4 Touch the field to the right of the institution information type 5 Type in the label exactly as it should appear on the printed ECG report up to thirty two letters or numbers The Location Code is limited to five numbers The first three numbers are used to identify an institution number and the last two numbers are used to identify a department number The Device ID is limited to thirty two numbers The new settings are applied Touch the R T ECG button to return to normal cardiograph operation PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual CAUTIONS Software Installation Instructions This Appendix includes all procedures necessary to install software on the cardiograph The installation procedure employed is dependent upon the conditions that necessitate the software installation or upgrade Before proceeding you must understand how the cardiograph uses CompactFlash CF cards as they are integral to the op
211. llowing requirements for safety and performance IEC 60601 1 1988 A1 1991 A2 1995 General Requirements for Safety including all National Deviations IEC 60601 1 2 2001 General Requirements for Safety Electromagnetic Compatibility IEC 60601 2 25 1993 A1 1999 Safety Of Electrocardiographs CISPR 11 1997 A1 1999 A2 2002 Radio Frequency disturbance Limits and Methods of Test AAMI EC11 1991 Diagnostic Electrocardiographic Devices JIST 1202 1998 Japanese Industrial Standard for Electrocardiographs 1 2 The PageWriter Touch cardiograph does not fully comply with Electromagnetic Compatibility See Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC on page C 6 for more information The PageWriter Touch cardiograph does not fully comply with Electromagnetic Compatibility See Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC on page C 6 for more information PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual C 5 Specifications Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Classification IEC 60601 1 Class I Symbol 4 Meaning ECG physio isolation is type CF defibrillator proof Suitable for all patient applications including direct cardiac application System is in continuous operation IPX 0 Cardiograph has ordinary protection against the entry of liquids IPX4 The PIM patient interface module is protected against splashing water Water splashed against the PIM from any direction shall have no harmful effect Ca
212. lly option is selected To use a wireless LAN connection PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 8 5 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings with DHCP the wired network settings will need to be changed to a static IP address Select the Specify IP Address option 5 In the IP Address field enter 0 into each field to configure an IP address of 0 0 0 0 6 In the Subnet Mask field enter 255 into each of the first three fields and then enter 0 into the last field to configure a Subnet Mask address of 255 255 255 0 7 Touch the R T ECG button The Save Network Settings window appears Touch the Yes button to apply the new network settings The cardiograph automatically restarts The new network settings are applied The entered static IP address for the wired connection is located on the Configuration screen under the Network tab under Device IP Address Wired Network Touch the Wire Network or Wireless Network tab right side of screen to view the current IP address information for each connection Figure 8 2 Device IP Address Information showing Static IP Address for Wired Ethernet LAN Connection Device IP Address Wire Network 8 To reestablish the wired Ethernet LAN settings with DHCP return to the Network settings screen in Configuration and select the Obtain IP Address Automatically setting and then reenter all DHCP settings Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site S
213. lt shown in Figures 6 63 and 6 64 CAUTION Use gloves or other protective layer when pressing on the thermal surface DO NOT touch with bare skin 4 Place the grounding ring terminal on the bolt and tighten the nut Figure 6 64 Location of Grounding Ring Terminal on the Print Head Bolt 5 Insert the M3 x 10 mm screw into the print head re attaching the ground ring terminal shown in figure 6 63 6 Connect the print head data and power cables to the printer control board shown in figure 6 63 NOTE Make sure there is enough slack in the cables to give the print head full range of motion PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 35 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Boot ROM Chip 7 Install the paper guide bar See page 6 33 8 Insert the paper tray See page 6 9 9 Attach the top cover See page 6 19 10 Insert the batteries See page 6 3 11 Plug the AC power cord into the power source Removing and Replacing the Boot ROM Chip CAUTION 6 36 Some cardiographs shipped before November 2004 with serial number prefix USN04 may experience problems when returning from Standby mode When the On Standby button is pressed the display remains black and the printer periodically cycles making a clicking sound All main control boards shipped after November 2004 have updated Boot ROM firmware which corrects this problem However if the cardiograph is experiencing this problem
214. mOhms for instruments with removable powercords Current source 200 mA or greater Reference VDE 0751 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 4 17 Performance Verification and Safety Tests Safety Tests 4 18 Safety Test S2 Equipment Leakage Applicable to Class 1 and 2 type B BF CF For Class 1 Protective Earth conductor is not connected S open Measure equivalent leakage current to mains part from all Applied Parts and enclosure in parallel Measures grounded and ungrounded metal parts Maximum leakage current 1000 uA Reference VDE 0751 Safety Test S3 Leads Leakage Current Check each type CF Applied Part separately with all patient connections short circuited together Include all accessible conductive parts of enclosure Applicable to Class 1 and 2 type CF Measures equivalent leakage current to mains part and enclosure from all Applied Parts in parallel Maximum leakage current CF 50 100 uA Tested separately 50 uA or together 100 uA PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting This chapter provides information for localizing cardiograph problems to the subassembly level This information is designed for use with the cardiograph s diagnostic self tests to help you efficiently repair the cardiograph with a minimum of equipment This chapter provides the following information Repair Philosophy eere e Ee e HURRY RE EUR 5 2 Us
215. mage a clicking sound is heard and then the display returns to a solid color Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues Solution Follow the procedure included in Appendix A to reflash the cardiograph internal CompactFlash card Application boot issue CompactFlash card failure Action press the Reset button located on the rear of the cardiograph Confirm that the cardiograph display turns black no image a clicking sound is heard and then the display returns to a solid color The cardiograph must be serviced in order to replace the CompactFlash card and reinstall the software application Touch screen is unresponsive and taps appear on the touch screen in a different position than the actual contact point Touch screen needs to be calibrated Action Ensure that nothing is pressing or leaning on the touch screen surface Action Press the Reset button located on the rear of the cardiograph and proceed to run the Touch Screen test attempt to calibrate the touch screen and perform the test Touch screen device hardware failure Action Ensure that nothing is pressing or leaning on the touch screen surface Action press the Reset button located on the rear of the cardiograph and proceed to run the Touch Screen test attempt to calibrate the touch screen and perform the test Calibration resolves the issue Calibration cannot be completed m User training on the
216. meet medical safety requirements and that has not been evaluated by local safety personnel 1 6 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Important Patient and Safety Information Equipment connected to the cardiograph RS 232 port can cause ground leakage currents exceeding the maximum specified in IEC 60601 1 safety standards Do not connect any equipment to the cardiograph RS 232 port if a patient is connected to the cardiograph Only use the Philips Medical Systems AC power cord supplied with the cardiograph Periodically inspect the AC power cord and AC power connector rear of cardiograph see page 1 13 to ensure that both are in a safe and operable condition If the AC power cord or AC power connector is not in a safe or operable condition operate the cardiograph on battery power and contact Philips Medical Systems for service The cardiograph has been safety tested with the recommended accessories peripherals and leads and no hazard was found when the cardiograph is operated with cardiac pacemakers or other stimulators Do not connect any equipment or accessories to the cardiograph that are not approved by Philips Medical Systems or that are not IEC 60601 1 approved The operation or use of non approved equipment or accessories with the cardiograph is not tested or supported and cardiograph operation and safety are not guaranteed Only install Philips Medical Systems software on the cardiograph The installatio
217. move the PIM cover by removing the screw on the cover housing using a Phillips head screwdriver l 1 18 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components 4 The interior of the PIM is color coded and labeled to identify the lead connections The optional 16 lead connectors are labeled A1 A4 AN uA p uA ZA A1 V1 C1 V2IC2 RA R V3 C3 RL L v4 C4 LL N V5 C5 LA F V6 C6 5 The slots A1 A4 may be configured as described in Table 1 2 to support the available 15 and 16 lead options Insert the designated lead into the correct connector If no lead is inserted into a connector insert the shorting plug provided in the lead kit into the connector slot Do not leave the connector empty Table 1 2 Configuring Optional 15 and 16 Lead PIM Options Lead A1 A2 A3 A4 Option Pediatric V4R C4R V3R C3R V7 C7 Insert plug no lead inserted Posterior Insert plug V9 C9 V7 C7 V8 C8 no lead inserted Balanced V4R C4R V3R C3R V7 C7 V8 C8 NOTE To configure the 16 lead PIM for standard 12 leads insert shorting plugs into slots A1 A4 Figure 1 6 Shorting Plug included in Lead Kit PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 19 Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components 6 Attach the appropriate color coded identification clip included in the lead kit to the lead 7 Attach the small color clip included in the lea
218. n eens 6 39 Removing and Replacing the Main Control Board 00 eee eee eee eee 6 40 Removing the Main Control Board 0 cece eee eee eee eee 6 41 Replacing the Main Control Board 6 43 Restoring Files from the Compact Flash Card 2 0 eee eee eee ee eee eee ee 6 45 Removing and Replacing the Power Supply Assembly llle eee etree 6 47 Removing the Power Supply Assembly 200s eee eee eee eee eee 6 47 Replacing the Power Supply Assembly 200s cece ee eee eee eee 6 48 Removing and Replacing the Printer Control Board 02 eee eee ee eee 6 48 Removing the Printer Control Board 00 e cece eee eee eee eens 6 48 Replacing the Printer Control Board 0 cee eee 6 49 Removing and Replacing the Magnetic Card Reader 2 cee eee eee eee ee 6 50 Removing the Magnetic Card Reader 0 cece eee eee eee eee e eens 6 50 Replacing the Magnetic Card Reader 0 eee cece eee eee eee eens 6 51 Removing and Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly 2 0000 6 51 Removing the Main Cable Harness Assembly 2 0 cece eect ees 6 51 Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly 0 2 0 eee e eect ene 6 55 Removing and Replacing the Top of Form Sensor Cable Harness 6 58 Removing the Top of Form Sensor Cable Harness 22 eee ee eee 6 58 Replacing the Top of Form Cabl
219. n model number and localization see Localization Options on page 1 28 Accessories include 200 sheets of z fold paper English paper p n M2481A Metric paper p n M2483A Tab electrodes p n 139433 Alligator clips 989803129231 AAMI 989803129241 IEC PageWriter Touch Cardiograph User Documentation CD PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Interactive Training Program Upgrades Upgrades are available to add specific functionality to cardiographs in the field These upgrades currently include Part Number Description 989803127311 Barcode Reader 989803127321 Magnetic Card Reader 989803127331 PC Card 256 MB storage 989803127341 Fax Transmission Software 989803142041 Wireless LAN Card 989803127381 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Interactive Training Program CD additional copies 989803127391 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Documentation CD 989803127401 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph User Documentation CD additional copies 989803127411 Patient Interface Module PIM AAMI 989803127421 Patient Interface Module PIM IEC 989803127431 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Cart 989803127441 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Cart Optional Locking Drawer 989803127451 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Cart Additional Shelf 989803149161 Modem Card USA and Canada only PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 23 Introduction Supplies and Ordering Information Par
220. n or use of software not approved by Philips Medical Systems is strictly prohibited and cardiograph safety and performance are not guaranteed Only use Philips Medical Systems replacement parts and supplies with the cardiograph The use of non approved replacement parts and supplies with the cardiograph is strictly prohibited Cardiograph safety and performance are not guaranteed when non approved replacement parts and supplies are used with the cardiograph Manual measurements of ECG intervals and magnitudes should be performed on printed ECG reports only Do not make manual measurements of ECG intervals and magnitudes on the touchscreen display since these ECG representations are scaled Only use patient electrodes that are approved by Philips Medical Systems The use of non approved patient electrodes may degrade cardiograph performance The Philips Medical Systems warranty is applicable only if you use Philips Medical Systems approved accessories and replacement parts See Supplies and Ordering Information on page 1 24 for more information For information on the standard IEC 60601 2 51 please go to the Philips InCenter web site incenter medical philips com For information on using the Philips InCenter site see page 1 29 Always put the cardiograph in Standby before replacing the Patient Interface Module PIM Do not change the PIM while the cardiograph is in active use PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 7 Introdu
221. ncorporates the standard System Management Bus SMBus Each battery contains electronics that communicate with the system power processor reporting the condition of the battery its charge state and other parameters Some of these parameters can be viewed on the Service Utility screen A smart switch controls the switching between the two batteries and the AC power Recharging the batteries is handled by an SMBus compliant charger A three channel multiplexer is used to switch the two batteries data lines clk line and thermistor line This way only one battery at a time is active on the SMBus Working as a system the system power processor receives commands from the host system processor These commands report the values of the monitored voltages which reports the condition of the batteries to switch between the two depending on the relative state of charge SOC or to calibrate the batteries Other power related functions are controlled directly by the system power processor Several functions of the power system are controlled by the software either by the host StrongArm processor or the system power processor These include m Switching between batteries depending on the charge condition During power up reads the battery with the lowest charge and then recharges it Restricting the user from printing when the charge capacity of the batteries reaches preset levels a Activating sleep mode if no activity is detected for a preset
222. nd Jumpers J7 connector J3 connector J4 connector brum 117 BAI TP J9 connector Sr WE S J2 connector Ay ninini Jumper 13 Jumpers 2 and 1 left to right Remove the four 4 M3 x 6mm screws that secure the printer control board to the bottom housing using a Torx T10 driver 6 Lift the printer control board from the bottom housing Replacing the Printer Control Board To replace the printer control board Be sure the jumpers on the printer control board are set as follows see figure 6 78 above JP1 B JP2 B JPI3 A Replace the printer control board into the bottom housing Insert the four M3 x 6mm screws that secure the printer control board to the bottom housing using a Torx T10 driver Re attach the J2 J3 J4 J7 and J9 connectors See figure 6 78 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 49 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Magnetic Card Reader on nw a Replace the top cover See page 6 17 Insert the batteries See page 6 3 Plug the AC power cord into the power source After you replace the printer control board load the printer control software from the internal CompactFlash CF card as described in Appendix A Software Installation Instructions on page B 5 Removing and Replacing the Magnetic Card Reader Removing the Magnetic Card Reader To remove the magnetic card reader assembly 1 2 3 4 5 Unplug the AC
223. nd higher supports the export of ECG data in XML version 1 03 or XML version 1 04 Optional cart with convenient storage areas for supplies Software version B 01 and C 01 02 and higher support bidirectional orders download and search capability with an OrderVue order handling system Software version B 01 and C 01 02 and higher support algorithm version PH080A and PHO90A algorithm version PHO90A includes new enhancements and features including heightened detection of atrial arrhythmia the ability to suppress statements that indicate a borderline or otherwise normal condition lead reversal detection feature ECG warning statements when a life threatening cardiac event is detected and the ability to print Fridericia rate corrected QT interval and RR measurements on the ECG report PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 9 Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components a Time Sychronization feature that is used with a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System version B 01 and higher Use of this feature helps to ensure the accuracy of the displayed time on the cardiograph by regularly calibrating it with a configured TraceMasterVue Remote Site PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components The following sections illustrate the components and connection ports on the cardiograph and the Patient Interface Module PIM Figures 1 1 1 2 and 1 3 on the following pages show front side and rear views of the PageWriter Touch cardiograph Fo
224. nfigured TraceMaster Vue Remote Sites Touch the Remote Site to select it The settings for the selected Remote Site appear on the screen Make changes to the Remote Site settings as necessary When all changes are complete a check mark and the word Modified in blue appears at the top of the screen Touch the Save button to save the changes to the selected Remote Site Touch the Add New button to create a new Remote Site name using the displayed settings The new settings are applied Touch the R T ECG button to return to normal cardiograph operation PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring OrderVue Settings Configuring OrderVue Settings The OrderVue order handling software that resides on the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System has a specific group of settings that need to be defined on the cardiograph These settings determine what orders are assigned to a specific Inbox on the cardiograph and what functions are available for this specific Inbox An Inbox resides solely on the cardiograph and may consist of several Order Vue Outboxes A cardiograph Inbox can be assigned any name that gives meaning to the cardiograph user or provides meaning within a larger configured orders system Figure 8 6 OrderVue Outbox to Cardiograph Inbox configuration TraceMasterVue ECG Management System with OrderVue OrderVue OrderVue OrderVue Outbox Outbox Outbox 1 2 3 Car
225. ng them To replace the top cover 1 Make sure that keyboard cable is routed as shown Figure 6 36 Keyboard Cable Routing Cable clip PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 19 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Display 2 Place the top loosely into position and connect the keyboard cable to the PS2 connector on the main control board NOTE Do not hold the connector by the collar figure 6 35 when pressing down Be sure to hold the connector by the strain relief as shown in figure 6 37 Figure 6 37 Attaching the Keyboard Cable Connector 3 Place the top cover into position and secure the top to the hinge bracket with the two 2 M5 x 12mm screws See figure 6 34 4 Reattach the rear cover and tighten the two 2 M5 x 12mm nylon screws See figure 6 32 5 Replace the screws in the underside of the bottom housing and tighten using a T25 Torx driver Removing and Replacing the Display The display housing assembly is a highly complex assembly consisting of the LCD display touch screen and associated interface circuitry and cables CAUTION Due to the complexity of the display do not attempt to troubleshoot or replace individual parts You must replace the entire display Removing the Display To remove the display 1 Unplug the AC power cord 2 Remove the batteries See page 6 3 3 Remove the top and rear covers See page 6 16 CAUTION When you remove the top
226. ng the Print Head on page 6 33 for more information Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues The troubleshooting tables in this section help you to localize a fault and correct it The following Symptom to Solution troubleshooting charts represent investigation action and solution steps that can for the most part be performed without the unit being opened Several failure mode symptoms may actually be hardware induced or triggered and may require board replacement or opening of the unit for inspection PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 21 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Archive Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues The following are a list of common error messages that may appear when using the Archive Table 5 1 Archive Troubleshooting Error Message or Problem Archive Error Command Timed Out Possible Cause amp Investigative Step The TraceMaster ECG Management system is busy at the receiving end Action Retry transmission Inspect cabling to network or analog phone line Confirmation ECG transmission succeeds on subsequent attempt Explanation ECG transmission operations use network and server resources which occassionaly are unable to process requests due to network and server capacity The analog phone line is disconnected or was interrupted while an ECG is being transferred to a Remote Site Action Inspect cabling to analog phone line to ensure connection Check that
227. nications support Charging and switching of batteries is dictated by the main control board Keyboard PS 2 The cardiograph includes a laptop format PS 2 sealed full key action keyboard It includes a keyboard matrix and daughter board which provides language specific keyboard support and decoding via PS 2 and standard WinCE device drivers for key input into the PageWriter Touch cardiograph and is powered by PS 2 connection Magnetic Card Reader Serial Also available is a magnetic card strip reader which provides ISO and standard encoded magnetic strip support via RS 232 serial internal connection to main control board Manual removal and insertion is required PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Top Level ECG Data Flow and Storage Theory of Operation Barcode Reader PS 2 Also available is a keyboard emulating barcode scanner and reader which connects through an external PS 2 connector and provides standard barcode scanning capability It emulates a keyboard allowing scanned codes to be presented to the PageWriter Touch cardiograph as if they had been typed on the standard keyboard powered by a PS 2 connection The barcode reader can be configured using special barcodes Top Level ECG Data Flow and Storage NOTE A general ECG workflow begins with the acquisition of ECG data by the Patient Interface Module PIM from electrodes placed on a patient Data is streamed real time to the main control board where it is
228. not recommended for use due to high power consumption The Max PSP Max Power Savings setting is not recommended due to the low level of data throughput For more information see the Cisco Aironet Wireless LAN Client Adapters Installation and Configuration Guide for Windows CE None LEAP LEAP WPA Consult your network administrator for more information on this setting Notes To configure Static WEP keys set the Network Security Type Value to None Selecting LEAP or LEAP WPA defaults to the Dynamic WEP keys setting The PageWriter Touch cardiograph does not support EAP FAST or EAP FAST WPA authentication PageWriterTouch Cardiograph Service Manual B 5 Wireless LAN Installation Table B 2 Setting WEP Description This setting specifies the type of Wired Equivalency Privacy WEP that the wireless adapter will use Installing the Wireless LAN Card Wireless LAN Card Settings continued Philips Recommended Default Setting No WEP Static WEP Keys or Dynamic WEP Keys Consult your network administrator for more information on this setting Notes Selecting LEAP or LEAP WPA for the Network Security Type field defaults the WEP setting to Dynamic WEP Keys To configure Static WEP keys set the Network Security Type field to None Touch the WEP Keys button to specify Static WEP keys For Static WEP keys the first index key must have an assigned value The wireless adapter allows up to
229. not use PageWriter XL printer paper with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph To change the printer paper 1 Open the paper drawer left side of cardiograph and remove any remaining sheets 2 Inserta new pack of printer paper with the printed side facing up Make sure that the hole for the paper sensor is positioned as shown below 3 Drape the first sheet over the roller 4 Close the paper drawer Figure3 2 Changing Printer Paper A Hole for paper sensor B Roller PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 5 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Battery Maintenance and Care Tearing Paper Tear off the printer paper as shown Figure 3 3 Tearing Off Printer Paper Battery Maintenance and Care 3 6 The cardiograph has two removable lithium ion batteries that supply power to the cardiograph during mobile use and provides power to the cardiograph printer when it is plugged into AC power With the batteries fully charged the cardiograph can print up to fifty Auto ECGs or provide forty minutes of continuous Rhythm printing For optimal battery performance Only use Philips Medical Systems lithium ion batteries Philips part number 989803129131 with the cardiograph Fully recharge the batteries before AC or mobile use Regularly and consistently charging the batteries will prolong battery life Charging the batteries at temperatures above 45 C 113 F can damage the batteries and reduce overall battery life C
230. ntenance tab top of screen 4 Touch the PIM Test button The PIM Test window appears with the message Accessing PIM 5 The PIM Test results display in the window PIM Test Passed or PIM Test Failed Touch the OK button If the message PIM Test Passed appears the PIM is communicating properly with the cardiograph If the message PIM Test Failed appears contact the nearest Philips Response Center see Contacting a Philips Response Center on page 1 31 Barcode Reader Test The Barcode Reader Test is used with the optional barcode reader see Using the Barcode Reader on page 1 26 for more information The barcode reader is used to enter Patient ID information by scanning a barcode This test can be used to confirm that the barcode reader is accurately scanning barcode data To perform the Barcode Reader Test 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled 2 Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar 3 Touch the Maintenance tab top of screen PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Maintenance Tests NOTE Touch the Barcode Test button The Barcode Test window appears Hold the barcode reader at a 45 angle and scan the barcode The barcode data appears next to Barcode Field Review the barcode data to ensure that it is correct Touch the Pass button if the barcode data displays correctly
231. nter Paper Tray Troubleshooting Table 5 4 Symptom or Error Message The paper tray was opened while an ECG was printing and the ECG report appears corrupted or printed multiple pages Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting Possible Cause amp Investigative Step Printer controller error Action Ensure that the printer door is firmly closed Press the Reset button on the rear of the cardio graph to restart the cardiograph Confirmation Printing continued on to a second page when only one page was expected Solution Occasional printer controller status errors can occur when opening the paper drawer during printing 5 42 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 4 Symptom or Error Message The message Printer Door is Open appears and the cardiograph will not operate Possible Cause amp Investigative Step Application error Action Ensure that the printer door is firmly closed Press the Reset button on the rear of the cardio graph to restart the cardiograph Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting R T real time ECG Screen Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting continued Confirmation The cardiograph resets and boots correctly Solution This message may appear and cannot be closed because of over lapping error messages appearing on the screen at the same time The message Check Printer appears and there appe
232. nto its clip See Figure 6 80 on page 6 52 Route the PIM cable under the hinge bracket see Figure 6 81 on page 6 52 This will require the temporary removal of the two screws fastening the right side of the display hinge bracket to the bottom housing see Figure 6 82 on page 6 53 and see Figure 6 83 on page 6 53 Replace the two screws after the patient data cable is in place Ensure that the clip is correctly positioned Failure to do so may damage the patient data cable when you install the top cover Insert the PIM RJ 11 connector into the main housing and snap it into place Secure the patient data cable to the display hinge bracket with a cable tie See Figure 6 84 on page 6 54 Dress the individual wires close to the hinge bracket so that they will not be pinched when the top cover is installed See Figure 6 87 on page 6 57 for an example of correct cable dressing and see Figure 6 88 on page 6 57 for an example of incorrect cable dressing Figure 6 86 Routing of the patient data cable Cable tie Clip no longer Ferrite Clip PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly 13 14 15 16 17 Figure 6 87 Correct patient data cable dressing Wires dressed closely to display hinge bracket Figure 6 88 Incorrect patient data cable dressing Attach cable ties at the three locations described in step
233. nts are displayed The battery fuel gauge is mapped to average battery charge as follows To check the battery power level 1 Double tap on the battery level indicator on the Status Bar The Battery Status Information window appears This window provides detailed information on the status of the cardiograph batteries Figure 2 5 Battery Status Information Total Battery Charge 86 Batteries Charging Batteries Calibration is Required iTouch the Config button and then the Maintenance tab to access battery calibration Calibration can take up to 24 hours AC Power On Battery Charge Cycle Count Front 59 Rear 60 Battery Full Charge Capacity Front 6625 Rear 4431 Close NOTE The Battery Charge Cycle Count and Battery Full Charge Capacity fields are used for diagnostic purposes by qualified Philips service personnel See Battery Maintenance and Care on page 3 6 for more information 2 16 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Power Management Theory of Operation 2 Touch the Close button to close the window Table 2 3 Battery Level Indicator Information icon on Status Bar Battery Level Icon on Status Indicator Fully Charged Battery EIE 75 power capacity pane 50 power capacity am Low PANES Power wm flashing red battery icon appears when power level is between 20 30 m cardiograph beeps and an error message appears until the unit is plugged into AC power audio feature may be di
234. o if you miss it you must reset the cardiograph again An Access Code window appears If the Access Code window does not appear try the right CTRL SHIFT touch sequence again 4 Type the access code The factory default code is 0000 zero 5 Type explorer at the command prompt To exit the Windows CE desktop Press the Reset button located in the rear of the cardiograph If you lose the configuration password 1 Access the Windows CE desktop 2 Delete the following files to reset the configuration to the factory defaults Storage Card Sierra activesettings cfg Storage Card Sierra activesettings bak DC Voltage Test Points Use this procedure to check the voltages produced by the power supply All the voltage measurements are taken with respect to ground unless indicated Figure 5 6 shows voltage test point locations WARNING When the cardiograph is connected to AC power dangerous voltages are present in the power supply Do not touch any exposed metal while the cardiograph is open and AC power is connected Figure 5 6 Voltage Test Points in Power Supply J23 test point header Pin 1 eee tilt PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 19 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Print Head Static Brush Resistance to Ground Test Figure 5 7 J23 Pin Schematic Pin 12V 5V VCC Ground Load_Pwr 3 3V O O O O O on A w N Print Head Static Brush Resistance to Ground Test
235. o replace the printer gearbox 1 Install the gears as shown Figure 6 59 Installing the Printer Gears ass ei 2fn2 NOTE The gears are arranged on the shafts in the gear housing as shown Each gear has a number molded into it 2 Position the printer gearbox in the main housing NOTE When you tighten the printer gearbox screws make sure to push the printer gearbox tight against the plastic tab in the main housing as shown Figure 6 60 Pushing Gearbox Against Tab h pw Be abu Plastic Tab 6 32 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Print Head 3 Attach the printer gearbox to the main housing with two 2 M3 x 8 mm screws See Figure 6 58 on page 6 31 4 Install the two tie wraps in the location as shown in Figure 6 57 on page 6 31 Remove any excess Removing and Replacing the Print Head Removing the Print Head Assembly CAUTION Always wear an electrostatic wrist band or other approved method for protection against electrostatic discharge when disconnecting and handling the print head assembly To remove the print head 1 Unplug the AC power cord 2 Remove the batteries See page 6 3 3 Remove the paper tray See page 6 16 4 Remove the top cover See page 6 16 5 With the cardiograph upside down remove the paper guide bar as shown below Figure 6 61 Removing the Paper Guide Bar PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6
236. o the base remove the four bolts Figure 6 30 Removing the Cart Base Bolts 8 Remove the base Replacing the Cart Base To replace the cart base 1 Install the new base 2 Secure the new bolts to the base 3 Using a torque wrench firmly tighten the four bolts to 120 to 150 in Ibs Removing and Replacing the Cart Top Assembly The cart handle may discolor and peel after extended cardiograph use Although this is a cosmetic issue only the cart top assembly has been redesigned and can be replaced to address this issue Removing the Cart Top Assembly To remove the cart top assembly 1 Unplug the AC power cord 2 Remove the batteries See page 6 3 3 Remove the paper tray See page 6 9 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 15 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Top Cover 4 Using a number 1 Phillips screwdriver remove the two screws that secure the cardiograph to the cart 5 Using a Torx 25 driver remove the four screws that secure the cart to the support base 6 Lift the cart top assembly off of the support base Replacing the Cart Top Assembly To replace the cart top assembly 1 Place the replacement cart top assembly on the support base 2 Using a Torx 25 driver replace the four screws and tighten to 40 to 50 in Ibs 3 Secure the cardiograph to the cart top assembly with the two Phillips screws Removing and Replacing the Top Cover Removing the Top Cover CAU
237. oard bracket by removing the four screws Replacing the Keyboard Assembly To replace the keyboard assembly 1 Place keyboard in opening of the top cover 2 Place bracket over keyboard and align the mounting holes on the keyboard bracket to the inserts on the top housing 3 Insert the eight 8 M3 x 6mm screws that fasten the bracket to the top housing 4 Insert the four 4 M3 x 8 mm screws that fasten the interface card to bracket 6 28 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Diskette Drive 0 0 N CA Open the lock on the keyboard flex cable connector and insert the flex cable into the keyboard Figure 6 55 Correct Placement of the Flex Cable Close the lock Turn the top cover over and attach the top cover See page 6 16 Insert the batteries See page 6 3 Plug the AC power cord into the power source Removing and Replacing the Diskette Drive Removing the Diskette Drive To remove the diskette drive 2 3 4 Unplug the AC power cord Remove the batteries See page 6 3 Remove the top cover See page 6 16 Remove the four M3 x 6mm screws that secure the drive to the main housing PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 29 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components 5 Removing and Replacing the Printer Gearbox Lift the drive slightly and disconnect the four pin connector Figure 6 56 Removing the Diskette Driv
238. ograph Service Manual Replacement Parts Figure 7 5 Table 7 5 Reference Number 1 Patient Interface Module PIM and Parts 16 Lead PIM Exploded Diagram 16 Lead PIM Assembly Parts List Description Cover 16 lead PIM w M3x22 screw AAMI Cover 16 lead PIM w M3x22 screw IEC 16 lead Patient Interface Module AAMI 16 lead Patient Interface Moduleor IEC Part Number 453564061901 453564061991 45356405308 1 453564053 121 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 7 11 Replacement Parts 7 12 Patient Interface Module PIM and Parts Table 7 5 16 Lead PIM Assembly Parts List continued REENER Description Part Number Number 3 a 16 lead label AAMI These parts are 16 lead label IEC t i 4 Lead Sets Complete AAMI lead set 16 lead 989803148931 Complete IEC lead set 16 lead 989803149181 Long complete IEC lead set 16 lead 989803149191 Limb lead set AAMI 99 cm 39 in 989803129141 m Chest lead set AAMI 61 cm 24 in 989803129151 Limb lead set IEC 99 cm 39 in 989803129171 Chest lead set IEC 61 cm 24 in 989803129181 Long limb lead set IEC 137 cm 54 in 989803129201 Long chest lead set IEC 99 cm 39 in 989803129211 16 Lead Spare Part Kit includes color lead 989803148881 clips for both AAMI and IEC banana post adapters lead separators and PIM shorting plugs 5 USB patient data cable 989803145401 6 Screw M3 x 22 453563
239. on cycle 2 18 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Power Management Theory of Operation Figure 2 6 Battery Level Indicator on the Status Bar with calibration icon ID 12345 Name Doe John T 115 CNNNN 60 Paced Unknown 25 mm sec B T 7 26 2007 a ail F 0 15 150 Hz v tommy 8 Custom Settings 4 23 46 PM A A Battery Level Indicator Each battery requires up to 12 hours to complete a full calibration cycle A calibration cycle consists of two full charges and discharges of the battery The cardiograph display will dim in brightness to reduce the time required to fully charge the battery If calibration is disrupted the entire process must be restarted However calibration is performed on one battery at a time If the first battery is calibrated the process remembers and then calibrates only the second battery A standalone battery charger with calibration function is available as an optional accessory from Philips Medical Systems Battery Information Battery information is sent from each battery to the System Power Processor over the SMBus This information is then sent up to the host processor and can be viewed from the Service Utility screen See Battery Info on page 5 9 for more information PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 2 19 2 20 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance This chapter contains information on basic car
240. or use in the electromagnetic environment specified below The customer or the user of the PageWriter Touch cardiograph should assure that it is used in such an environment Immunity Test Electrostatic Discharge ESD IEC 61000 4 2 Electrical Fast transient burst IEC 61000 4 4 Surge IEC 61000 4 5 IEC 60601 Test Level 6 kV contact 8 kV air 2 kV for power supply lines 1 kV for input output lines 1 kV differential mode 2 kV common mode Compliance Level Does not comply Does not comply 1 kV differential mode 2 kV common mode Electromagnetic Environment guidance Floors should be constructed of wood concrete or ceramic tile If floors are covered with synthetic material the relative humidity should be at least 30 Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment C 8 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Table C 2 Specifications Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Immunity continued The PageWriter Touch cardiograph is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below The customer or the user of the Page Writer Touch cardiograph should assure that it is used in such an environment Immunity Test Voltage dips short interr
241. ore information on the features available in the Service Utility see Using the Service Utility on page 5 2 Figure 4 2 PageWriter Touch C 01 02 Service Utility Screen Printer Test P Revisions Application Rev C 01 01 01 ENU PIM Kernel Rev enot found PIM Kernel CRC enot found PIM Boot Rev lt not found gt PIM Boot CRC enot founds Printer SW Date Bun 06 2006 Kernel Rev K IS B25i ENU PageWriter Touch Service Utility v C O1 01 built Aug 3 2007 Device Status PIM Status not found Printer Status ck Total Pages Printed f2 Installed Options me lExt DBO Change Debug Port Storage RAM MB Load 49 20 Archive Storage Free Total 59 8MB 124 8 PCMCIA Storage sri 71248 Free Total 31 1MB 124 8 USB Drive Storage enot founds Free Total nat found Network MAC Address D0 60 0C 00 78 4D IP Address 161 88 24 206 AVR Statistics AVR Rev T 8535 V 2003 R K 43 4V Reg 3 442 5 0V Reg bois 12V Reg 13 916 25v Load 2549 To test the printer 1 Battery Info Battery Status Joxo2co oxa2co Temp degC 26 64 2764 Voltage mV h2631110980 Expected Max Error o Remaining Capacity Tota mah BO Full Charge TORY Ess Percent Full Ip Run Time to Empty min 5535 65535 Charge Current mA po Cycle Count frees rDiagnostic Tests de Touchscreen
242. ork Settings Configuring Network Settings NOTE the text to select the radio button For more information on these settings see your network administrator 7 If Specify IP Address is selected touch the first field next to IP Address The cursor appears in the field Type in the first number of the IP address no separating period is required Press the Tab key on keyboard to scroll between the fields Continue to enter information for the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway fields 8 If Obtain IP Address Automatically is selected touch the first field next to Primary DNS Server The cursor appears in the field Type in the first number of the address no separating period is required Press the Tab key on keyboard to scroll between the fields Enter information for the Primary WINS field Both of these fields are optional 9 Ifconfiguring a wired connection under Ethernet Adapter select either Auto Negotiate Settings default setting or manually specify the Ethernet transmission settings by selecting Manual Settings and then selecting the specific transmission settings mbps transmission rate and duplex settings For more information on these settings see your network administrator 10 The cardiograph must restart in order to apply the new network settings Touch another Configuration tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue The Save Network Settings dialog box appears Touch Yes to apply the new network settin
243. ors opening PDF documents 1 31 PIM 1 17 16 Lead 1 17 configuring the 16 lead 1 17 ping test 8 3 print head cleaning 3 4 printed report red stripe appears 3 5 printer diagnostic test 3 30 printer paper part number 1 28 replacing 3 5 tearing 3 6 R Remote Access Server RAS 8 7 Remote Site troubleshooting 5 50 Remote Site Settings 8 6 replacing AC fuses 3 10 batteries 3 8 lead wires in the Patient Interface Module PIM 3 12 printer paper 3 5 resetting the cardiograph 5 48 S screen test 3 26 Secure Sockets Layer SSL 8 9 serial number locating on cardiograph 1 31 setting the current date and time 3 19 software downloads 1 30 supplies part numbers 1 27 system freeze resetting the cardiograph 5 48 System Log feature 3 32 T technical specifications C 1 tests diagnostic 3 24 maintenance 3 24 time setting 3 19 Time Synchronization manually synchronizing 3 19 touch calibration 3 25 touch screen calibration 3 18 cleaning 3 19 diagnostic tests 3 25 maintenance 3 18 TraceMasterVue Remote Site troubleshooting 5 50 troubleshooting 5 22 troubleshooting AC power 5 28 AC power indicator light 5 28 5 29 access point association 5 55 Archive 5 22 automatic maintenance reset 3 33 barcode reader 5 27 batteries 5 28 diagnostic tests 3 24 orders 5 35 red stripe on printed report 3 5 Remote Site 5 50 System Log feature 3 32 TraceMasterVue Remote Site 5 50 wireless LAN 5 53 U USB memor
244. ot lit 2 Remove both batteries Ensure that both batteries are fully removed from the battery compartment 3 Set the main control board dip switches to 1 OFF 2 OFF 3 ON 4 OFF Figure A 9 Dip Switches Dip switches PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual A 15 Installing Printer and PIM Software from the Internal CompactFlash CF Card 4 Restore AC power to the cardiograph This action automatically flashes the on board flash memory from the contents of the internal CompactFlash CF card 5 Monitor the progress of the flash process by observing the internal LED indicators on the main control board Initially you will see one green and one red LED During the actual flashing process you will see one amber LED Once the flashing is completed you will see one green and one red LED again CAUTION Do not turn off AC power to the cardiograph during this process This process should take approximately five minutes If it takes significantly more or less time you will need to reload the internal CompactFlash CF card See Preparing a New Internal CompactFlash CF Card on page A 17 6 Once the flash process is complete turn off AC power to the cardiograph 7 Restore the main control board dip switches to 1 ON 2 OFF 3 ON 4 OFF 8 Reinstall the batteries Ensure that both batteries are fully seated in the battery compartment Installing Printer and PIM Software from the Internal CompactFlash CF Card To install a
245. otating the Chip Extraction Tool PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 37 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Boot ROM Chip 9 Gently apply downward pressure to the chip extraction tool to lift the Boot ROM from the socket Figure 6 67 Lifting the Boot ROM Chip 6 38 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Replacing the Boot ROM Chip To replace the Boot ROM chip 1 Line up the beveled corner of the Boot ROM lines with the beveled corner of the socket Figure 6 68 Lining Up the Boot ROM Chip m dadddddddddolddallllul d Beo M y we 2 TAAST e2 a ssil x hee 2 Gently press the new Boot ROM chip into place Figure 6 69 Inserting the Boot ROM Chip PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 39 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Main Control Board Replace the top cover See page 6 19 A U Re insert the PC Card if one was present previously Reconnect any peripherals or cables that were attached to the rear panel Connect the PIM See page 6 6 Install the batteries See page 6 3 on Oo a Plug the AC power cord into the power source Removing and Replacing the Main Control Board The main control board consists of the printed circuit assembly and the internal CompactFlash CF card Custom configuration settings and any ECGs saved to the internal Main Archive are stored on the internal CF car
246. ould be straight and intersect the cross hairs at five points on the screen If the screen does not appear like the image above the touch screen display has failed the Screen Test 8 After examining the image touch the Close button bottom of screen PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 27 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Maintenance Tests 3 28 NOTE NOTE 9 The Test Result Confirmation dialog appears If the image on the screen is displayed correctly touch the Yes button Touch the No button if the image on the screen did not display correctly 10 A message appears confirming that the Screen Test failed or passed Touch the OK button If the cardiograph failed the Screen Test contact the nearest Philips Response Center see Contacting a Philips Response Center on page 1 31 PIM Test This test is used to confirm that the Patient Interface Module PIM is communicating with the cardiograph This test can be performed when the cardiograph displays PIM error messages when the PIM patient data cable is securely attached to the RJ 11 receptacle on the right side of the cardiograph see Figure 1 6 on page 1 11 If this test fails it may indicate a problem with the PIM or with the PIM data cable To perform the PIM Test 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled 2 Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar 3 Touch the Mai
247. own list appears at the top of the screen If the newly created Inbox is not selected on the drop down list touch the drop down arrow button or the displayed Inbox name to open the drop down list Select the newly created Inbox if necessary 5 Enter information into the applicable Patent Data fields This information will be used to search for orders Use the wildcard character to expand the search criteria Enter as much information as necessary to retrieve an order 6 Touch the Find Network Orders button Orders that match the entered search criteria appear on the screen 7 Ifthe test is successful proceed to the next section Configuring Institution Settings on page 8 17 If the test is not successful and no orders appear on the screen try entering more specific search information or consult your network administrator if network connectivity issues occur PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring Institution Settings Editing Inbox Settings Follow the procedure below to edit setting for a configured Inbox To edit Inbox settings 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Orders tab The selected tab is indicated in blue h Ww M Under Remote Orders Inbox top of screen touch the drop down arrow button or the displayed Inbox name to open the drop down list Select an In
248. period of time a Warning the user of the charge state for the batteries with a battery icon and warning messages a Alerting the user when maintenance is needed for the batteries a Monitoring voltage regulators and taking the necessary action in the case of a failure The major power draws within the cardiograph are the LCD display backlights which can draw up to 21 Watts and the thermal printer which can draw about 48 watts Provisions have been incorporated into the cardiograph to allow the user to modify the display brightness To extend battery life set the display brightness to the low or medium setting Also enable the QuickStart or Standby power save features to further extend battery life The printer control board is current limited for normal printing however if print demand is too high the current limiter will not print the output resulting in a faded page PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 2 11 Theory of Operation Power System Overview Batteries The two 2 6 6 Amp hour lithium ion smart batteries provide the primary means of power to the cardiograph and are specifically designed for this purpose The batteries provide a high current discharge as needed for thermal printing Each battery supplies a continuous 6 0 Amps with 6 5A 2 provided for short period Built in protection circuitry in each pack prevents damage to the battery by overcharging over discharging over current and over temperature Each b
249. perly clean and disinfect reusable electrodes before patient use may cause infectious materials to be transferred between patients CAUTION The Welsh bulb electrodes contain natural rubber latex which may cause allergic reactions To clean reusable electrodes 1 Dampen a soft cloth with one of the disinfectants or cleaning agents listed below a Cidex Ortho Phthaladehyde a Cetylcide m Vesphene 2 Aqueous Phenolic Germicidal Agent PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 3 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Print Head Cleaning CAUTION Do not m Use isopropyl alcohol m Autoclave the reusable electrodes or use ultrasonic cleaners m Use abrasive materials 2 Wiring excess moisture from the cloth before cleaning Print Head Cleaning A dirty print head may cause poor or uneven print quality TIP Clean the print head more frequently when printing large volumes of ECGs Figure 3 1 Paper Drawer and Print Head A Print head To clean the print head 1 Open the paper door left side of cardiograph 2 Wipe the print head lightly with a foam swab dipped in 90 alcohol 3 Allow the print head to dry 3 4 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Printer Paper Printer Paper Replace the printer paper when a red stripe appears on the printed ECG report Only use Philips Medical Systems replacement printer paper see Printer Paper on page 1 27 WARNING Do
250. please contact a Philips Medical Systems representative or the manufacturer Medical Device Directive The PageWriter Touch Cardiograph complies with the requirements of the Medical Device Directive 93 42 EEC and carries the C 0123 mark accordingly Authorized EU representative Philips Medizin Systeme Boblingen GmbH Hewlett Packard Str 2 71034 Boblingen Germany Chapter 1 Introduction Who Should Use this Service Manual csse 1 3 Conventions Used in this Service Manual llle eee 1 3 Safety Summliary ce oa Rd toes ou ete ae eels beo de ure e i idee Tue 1 4 Safety Symbols Marked on the Cardiograph lsslellel eese eese 1 4 Safety Symbols Marked on the Cardiograph Packaging 02 eee eee eee 1 5 Important Patient and Safety Information 0 eee eee eee eens 1 6 The PageWriter Touch Cardiograph 0 eee eee ce eee eee 1 9 Intended Uses 5 4 a ee as bead Oa oh Y ROTEN A RMN Rue CoRR ewe DOR He CR 1 9 Indications for Use scasso ss dae ca e Ee Re ub S e ERI TR xr eres 1 9 The Philips 12 Lead Algorithm 0 2 cee cece RII 1 9 Intended ISG 5 sone a E up Lape et acie tried rq EcL 1 9 Iridicationsdor Users sos sons et oet toi Gd cnt a E E obe Ud Ce T ea ed oh 1 10 Cardiograph Features 0 eee cece eee ene eee eee E E Ih 1 10 Feat res TES 1 10 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components see eee ee eee eee eere 1 11 Thermal Printer 224 ci Le hese
251. power cord Remove the batteries See page 6 3 Remove the top cover See page 6 17 Remove the two M3 x 6mm screws that secure the card reader to the bottom housing using a Torx T10 driver Figure 6 79 Removing Magnetic Card Reader Screws Slightly lift the card reader 6 Disconnect the four pin connector at the back of the assembly 6 50 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly Replacing the Magnetic Card Reader To replace the magnetic card reader assembly 1 Re attach the four pin connector 2 Insert the two 2 M3 x 6mm screws that secure the card reader to the bottom housing using a Torx T10 driver See Figure 6 79 on page 6 50 3 Replace the top cover See page 6 17 4 Insert the batteries See page 6 3 5 Plug the AC power cord into the power source Removing and Replacing the Main Cable Harness Assembly Removing the Main Cable Harness Assembly The main cable harness assembly consists of the following individual cables If any of these cables fail you must replace the entire harness assembly a Main cable harness M5000 61600 a DC power cable harness M5000 61601 m Patient data cable M5000 61603 Battery interconnect M5000 61604 To remove the main cable harness assembly 1 Unplug the AC power cord from the rear of the cardiograph 2 Remove the batteries from the cardiograph See page 6 3
252. push the button top of scanner Scan the barcode in Figure 3 10 Three beeps are heard Figure 3 10 Barcode scan to remove the automatic carriage return IA te On DAE 2 Perform the Barcode Test see page 3 28 to verify performance Maintenance Tests Maintenance tests and diagnostic utilities are included in the Configuration screens These tests are used to verify or to optimize cardiograph performance They can be used as a first step to identify a technical problem with the cardiograph For more information about these tests contact the nearest Philips Response Center see page 1 31 To open the Maintenance Test screen 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar NOTE Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled 2 Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar 3 Touch the Maintenance tab top of screen The available maintenance tests appear on the screen Touch Calibration page 3 25 Screen Test page 3 26 Printer Test page 3 30 3 24 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual PIM Test Battery Calibration gage 3 28 Gace 3 7 Barcode Test page 3 28 Magcard Test page 3 29 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Maintenance Tests NOTE Touch Calibration The Touch Calibration tests include Force Calibration see page 3 18 and the Touch Calibration diagnostic test Recommended use of these tests fo
253. r Aluminum Block 2 Firmly tighten the bolt If using a torque wrench use a torque setting of 150 to 180 Ibs 3 Install the casters on the cart base with the locking pedal facing outwards 4 Firmly tighten the one M8 bolt or the two M10 bolts If using a torque wrench use a torque setting of 150 to 180 Ibs 5 Turn the cart back over Verify that both locking pedals face outwards when the casters are locked as shown in Figure 6 28 Figure 6 28 Casters Locked PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 13 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Cart Base Removing and Replacing the Cart Base If the threads in cart base are damaged along with the caster pedals replace the entire cart base Removing the Cart Base To remove the cart base 1 Unplug the AC power cord 2 Remove the batteries See page 6 3 3 Remove the paper tray See page 6 9 4 Using a number 1 Philips screwdriver remove the two screws that secure the cardiograph to the cart 5 Remove the cardiograph from the cart by slightly lifting the front of the cardiograph then sliding it forward to clear the rear locking tabs on the cart 6 Turn the cart over Figure 6 29 Turning Over the Cart Base T D CAUTION The base is heavy Be careful when removing it 6 14 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components Removing and Replacing the Cart Top Assembly 7 While holding ont
254. r additional details see the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 on the User Documentation CD 1 10 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components Figure 1 1 Cardiograph and Cart Front View Magnetic card reader optional A Patient Interface Module PIM G B Printer paper drawer H Diskette drive C Touch screen Storage shelf D AC power on indicator light J Optional locking drawer E On Standby button K Wheel positioners F Keyboard PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 11 Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components Figure 1 2 Cardiograph and Cart Rear View L Patient Interface Module PIM connector O Wheel brake Battery compartment Phillips head screw driver is P AC power cord required to remove the battery door N PIM leads Q Rear panel see next page WARNING Do not connect the LAN cable connector to the PIM RJ 11 receptacle Do not plug a telephone connector into the PIM RJ 11 receptacle 1 12 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components Figure 1 3 Cardiograph Rear Panel A Fuse door G Serial connector not supported B AC power switch H Barcode scanner connector C AC power cord ECG out not supported D Reset button J PC card slot E USB memory stick connector K PC card eject button
255. r already inserted into the PC card slot or it is inserted at a later time In both instances the wireless LAN card will be unable to associate to an access point once the Ethernet LAN cable is disconnected from the cardiograph If the cardiograph must support both a wired and wireless connection using DHCP follow the procedure below to modify the Ethernet LAN settings when switching from the wired Ethernet to a wireless LAN connection Please note that both the wired Ethernet and wireless LAN connection using DHCP will function normally when the Ethernet LAN cable is connected to the cardiograph To modify the wired Ethernet LAN settings 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar 2 Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar 3 Touch the Network tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue 4 Touch the Wire Network tab If the wired network settings are configured for DHCP the Obtain IP Address Automatically option is selected To use a wireless LAN connection with DHCP the wired network settings will need to be changed to a static IP address Select the Specify IP Address option 5 In the IP Address field enter 0 into each field to configure an IP address of 0 0 0 0 6 Inthe Subnet Mask field enter 255 into each of the first three fields and then enter 0 into the last field to configure a Subnet Mask address of 255 255 255 0 7 Touch the R T ECG button The Save Network Settings window
256. r decreased immunity of the system CAUTION The PageWriter Touch cardiograph should not be used next to or stacked on top of other equipment If you must stack the product you must check that normal operation is possible in the necessary configuration before the product is used Reducing Electromagnetic Interference The PageWriter Touch cardiograph and accessories may become sensitive to interference from other RF energy sources including power lines RF energy sources include other medical devices wireless devices information technology equipment and radio television transmission Should interference be encountered as demonstrated by artifact on the ECG trace unintended change on operating state or unit lockup attempt to locate the source by assessing m if the interference is intermittent or constant a does the interference occur only in certain locations a does the interference occur only when in close proximity to certain medical devices m does the ECG signal quality change dramatically when the AC power cord is unplugged Once the source of the interference is located attempt to attenuate the EMC coupling path by distancing the cardiograph from the source of the interference as much as possible If further assistance is needed contact the Philips Response Center nearest you Table C 1 Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Emissions The PageWriter Touch cardiograph is intended for use in the electromagne
257. r maintenance and diagnostic purposes is described below Table 3 6 Touch Calibration Test Recommendations Test Recommended Use Force Calibration m Perform this test first Routine touch screen calibration when the cardiograph is used in a different setting seated or standing or by users of significantly different height To improve overall touch screen performance when items on the touch screen are difficult to select Touch Calibration diagnostic m Perform this test second a When calibration is not improved after the Force Calibration test items are still difficult to select on the touch screen When the cross hairs on the Force Calibration test screen are difficult to select m When the results of the touch screen calibration need to be reviewed by a Philips Response Center representative to identify a technical problem To calibrate the touch screen with the Touch Calibration diagnostic test 1 A Ww N ul Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar see page 1 26 Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Maintenance tab top of screen Touch the Touch Calibration button Touch the Start Test button bottom of screen A series of blue dots appear on the screen with cross hairs middle of each circle Touch the center of each cross hair in each circle A selected circle turns yellow Touch
258. r when opening documents with these applications Acrobat Reader 8 0 must be installed in addition to Acrobat Professional or Acrobat Elements Follow this procedure when accessing documents on the Philips InCenter site To access documents on the Philips InCenter site 1 Exit Acrobat Professional or Acrobat Elements if open 2 Start Acrobat Reader 8 0 3 Open Internet Explorer and go to the Philips InCenter site Keep Acrobat Reader 8 0 open the entire time while accessing the InCenter site 1 30 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Contacting a Philips Response Center Downloading Documentation at the Philips Website Documentation for many Philips medical products can be downloaded from the Philips website at www medical philips com goto productdocumentation Contacting a Philips Response Center The Philips Response Center can assist with product troubleshooting and provide technical expertise to help with any issue with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph or any of its accessories For more information on the Philips Response Center go to www medical philips com main services response_center North America Response Centers Country Telephone Number Canada 800 323 2280 Mexico 01 800 710 8128 Puerto Rico 1 787 754 6811 United States 800 722 9377 South America Response Centers Country Telephone Number Argentina 54 11 4546 7698 Brazil 0800 701 7789 Chile 0800
259. raceMasterVue and Network Settings NOTE CAUTION 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings Select the US Robotics 56K modem card or other installed modem card If the exact model name of your modem is not listed selected Standard Modem Do not select Hayes Compatible Modem Touch the field next to Phone required field that must be completed The cursor appears in the field Enter the TraceMasterVue RAS server modem telephone number Touch the field next to User Name required field that must be completed The cursor appears in the field Enter a valid user account that has permission to log in through RAS If the specified user name is not configured for RAS access the user will be unable to transmit ECGs or perform interactive queries to TraceMasterVue using the modem RAS connection Touch the field next to Password The cursor appears in the field Enter the password for the specified user name Touch the field next to Domain The cursor appears in the field Enter the domain name for the TraceMasterVue RAS server At the top of the screen a check mark and the word Modified in blue appears Touch the Add New button The Add New Remote Site window appears Enter a name for this Remote Site and touch the OK button The Remote Site appears in the Remote Sites Archive drop down list top left of screen and may be selected in the Archive Do not add blank spaces to the Remote
260. raph Service Manual 3 19 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Diskette and Disk Drive Maintenance NOTE The format of the displayed date month day year and time 12 hour or 24 hour may be changed see Chapter 3 of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 To set or to synchronize the date and time 1 NOTE Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled Double tap the displayed date and time upper right of screen The Update the Date and Time window appears If the Time Synchronization feature is enabled touch the Time Sync button The window closes and the cardiograph connects to the TraceMaster Vue Remote Site and synchronizes the time If synchronization is not successful an error message appears To manually change the time touch the Manual button The Please Update the Current Date and Time before continuing window appears Touch a date on calendar to select it or touch the forward and back arrow buttons top of calendar to scroll back or forward to the current month The selected date appears bottom of calendar next to Today Touch the displayed hour below calendar to highlight it in blue Type in the correct hour using keyboard Touch the up or down arrow buttons left and right of displayed time zone bottom of screen to scroll through the available time zones Or touch the down arrow button to display the drop down list
261. rdiograph disposal 3 18 locating serial number 1 31 cleaning approved cardiograph cleaning solutions 3 2 approved patient data cable cleaning solutions 3 2 cables 3 2 3 3 cardiograph 3 2 electrodes 3 2 3 3 lead wires 3 2 patient data cable 3 2 Patient Interface Module PIM 3 2 print head 3 4 color display test 3 26 configuration order settings on cardiograph 8 1 Configuring Cardiograph and TraceMasterVue Communication Guide 8 3 conventions used in the Instructions for Use 1 5 D date setting current 3 19 Department field 8 18 Device ID configuring 8 17 Device IP Address setting 8 4 DHCP 5 57 8 2 8 5 using for wired and wireless connectivity 5 57 8 5 diagnostic test barcode reader 3 28 magnetic card reader 3 29 Patient Interface Module PIM 3 28 printer 3 30 screen 3 26 touch screen 3 25 diskette drive maintenance 3 20 display color diagnostic test 3 26 document downloads 1 30 E ECG data transfer information 1 30 electrodes cleaning 3 2 3 3 disposable part number 1 27 1 28 pediatric part number 1 28 Welsh bulb part number 1 28 Ethernet settings 8 2 Extensible Markup Language XML information and tools 1 30 F Facility field 8 18 Fixed IP Address 82 force calibration 3 25 freeze resetting the cardiograph 5 48 IEC leads part number 1 27 InCenter web site 1 30 document errors 1 31 errors opening PDF documents 1 31 using Adobe Acrobat 1 31 institution settings 8 17 Instr
262. rdiograph and cart system There is also information on the theory of operation maintenance procedures and ordering parts and supplies This chapter includes general information that needs to be reviewed before servicing the PageWriter Touch cardiograph For detailed information regarding controls operation and capabilities of the device refer to the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 on the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph User Documentation CD Philips part number 453564053291 or the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Interactive Training Program on CD Philips Part Number 989803127401 Review the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 before servicing this device This Service Manual assumes knowledge of all cardiograph controls and basic features This chapter includes the following information Who Should Use this Service Manual 0 1 3 Conventions Used in this Service Manual 1 3 Safety SUIDIDAEY i eere RI Rr ade ve e RH de dr velot e e 1 4 Important Patient and Safety Information 1 6 The PageWriter Touch Cardiograph sese 1 5 Features es ety ek yd ta ee ong ee bo S 1 5 Capabilities sss eas i cee ates tai db a Pd bad datas 1 5 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Components 1 6 Cardiograph Components 0 00 02 eee 1 6 Patient Interface Module PIM 000 cece ee 1 10 Installation reete n RRR
263. rdiograph is not suitable for use in the presence of flammable anesthetic mixture with air oxygen or nitrous oxide m System is continuous operation WARNING When using additional peripheral equipment powered from an electrical source other than the cardiograph the combination is considered to be a medical system It is the responsibility of the operator to comply with IEC 60601 1 1 and test the medical system according to the requirements For additional information contact Philips Medical Systems Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Electronic devices can either generate or receive electromagnetic interference The PageWriter Touch has been evaluated for electromagnetic compatibility EMC with the appropriate accessories according to Medical Collateral standard IEC 60601 1 2 2001 with exceptions noted in proceeding tables This IEC standard has been adopted in the European Union as the European Norm EN 60601 1 2 2001 WARNING Radio frequency RF interference from nearby transmitting devices may degrade performance of the electronic equipment Electromagnetic compatibility with surrounding devices should be assessed prior to using the equipment C 6 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Specifications CAUTION The use of accessories and cables other than those specified in the Philips PageWriter Touch system service and user documentation can result in increased emissions o
264. recommended if it requires many attempts to select an item on the screen or if selecting items on a specific area of the screen is difficult The touch screen may also require calibration if the cardiograph is used in different settings seated instead of standing or by users of significantly different height The touch screen may need to be recalibrated to work optimally in the new setting or with the new user 3 18 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Setting the Date and Time NOTE NOTE NOTE To calibrate the touch screen 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Maintenance tab top of screen h WwW N Touch the Touch Calibration button 5 Touch the Force Calibration button top of screen 6 Awhite screen appears with a cross hair center of screen Touch the middle of the cross hair where the two lines intersect When the cross hair is touched it moves to a new location Continue to touch the center of the cross hair If it takes several attempts to touch the center of the cross hair press the Esc key on keyboard to close the screen A Touch Calibration diagnostic test is required see Touch Calibration on page 3 25 7 Tap the screen when a message appears to end the test 8 Touch the Done button to exit An error m
265. rface Module PIM and Parts Figure 7 4 12 Lead PIM Exploded Diagram Table 7 4 12 Lead PIM Assembly Parts List Reference a Number Description Part Number 1 m Cover PIM w M3x22 screw AAMI 453564061881 m Cover PIM w M3x22 screw IEC 453564061891 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 7 9 Replacement Parts Patient Interface Module PIM and Parts Table 7 4 12 Lead PIM Assembly Parts List continued n Description Part Number 2 12 lead Patient Interface Module a AAMI 45356405306 1 a IEC 453564053101 3 12 lead label AAMI 453564053051 a 12 lead label IEC 453564053091 4 Lead Sets a Complete AAMI lead set standard 12 lead 989803129161 Complete IEC lead set standard 12 lead 989803129191 Long complete IEC lead set standard 12 lead 989803129221 Limb lead set AAMI 99 cm 39 in 989803129141 a Chest lead set AAMI 61 cm 24 in 989803129151 Limb lead set IEC 99 cm 39 in 989803129171 m Chest lead set IEC 61 cm 24 in 989803129181 Long limb lead set IEC 137 cm 54 in 989803129201 Long chest lead set IEC 99 cm 39 in 989803129211 5 USB patient data cable 989803 145401 6 Screw M3 x 22 453563485921 Supplies item must be ordered from Philips Medical Supplies See Supplies and Ordering Information on page 1 25 This part is only compatible with PageWriter Touch software version B 01 and higher 7 10 PageWriter Touch Cardi
266. riter Touch should be observed to verify normal operation If abnormal performance is observed additional measures may be necessary such as re orienting or relocating the PageWriter Touch b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz field strengths should be less than 3 V m Table C 3 Recommended Separation Distances Between Portable and Mobile RF Communications Equipment and the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph for equipment and systems that are not life supporting The PageWriter Touch cardiograph is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled The customer or the user of the PageWriter Touch cardiograph can help to prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment transmitters and the PageWriter Touch cardiograph as recommended below according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment Rated Maximum Output Power of Transmitter W Separation Distance According to Frequency of Transmitter m 150 KHz to 800 KHz 800 MHz to 2 5 GHz d 1 2 JP d 2 3 JP 0 01 0 1m 0 2 m 0 1 0 4 m 0 7 m 1 1 2m 2 3 m 10 4 0 m 7 0 m 100 12 0 m 23 0 m For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above the recommended separation distance d in meters m can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter where P is the maximum output power ra
267. rk Settings 8 10 NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Remote Sites tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue Under Remote Sites Archive touch the Network radio button to select it The Network configuration screen appears For information on configuring the fax feature see Configuring Fax Modem Settings on page 3 41 Select or clear the check boxes for Receive Query and Copy Transfer left of screen The Receive Query feature allows the user to search the configured TraceMaster Vue Remote Site for ECGs to download and print on the cardiograph The Copy Transfer feature allows the user to transfer ECGs to the Remote Site Touch the Network tab right side of screen Touch the field next to Server URL required field that must be completed The cursor appears in the field Type in the URL address of the TraceMasterVue file server URL The TraceMasterVue file server address uses the TraceMasterVue computer name or IP address and ends with EMSCOMM EMS sxdf For example some valid URL addresses are http tracemaster EMSCOMM EMS sxdf or http 10 101 2 42 EMSCOMM EMS sxdf Touch the field next to User Name The cursor appears in the field Type in the user name If a modem connection is used for the specified Remote Site the domain name which is the computer name of the TraceMasterVue RAS s
268. ror Message No Reply Received From Remote Site Possible Cause m The wireless connection to the access point does not exist PageWriter Touch Cardiograph ECG Transmission Error Messages Recommended Solution Follow the steps in the procedure Checking the Remote Site Server Server m The network connection to the NM TraceMasterVue Remote Site COBRGSUOn OM pope server does not exist or is not Follow the steps in the configured properly procedure included in the a The cardiograph did not receive Se Hone DONI Med i fesponse kom the Ethernet and Wireless EON TraceMasterVue Remote Site Conneciyity Usne DHCE server within a specified period Ce ee of time a Remove any extra spaces a The cardiograph is configured Hom Menem or the Remgie with both wired Ethernet and Sue wireless LAN settings for DHCP the wired Ethernet LAN DHCP settings are taking precedence and will need to be modified The name of the Remote Site contains a space Unexpected A connection to the Follow the steps in the procedure Reply Received from Remote Site TraceMasterVue Remote Site server exists but the server is not properly acknowledging receipt of the packet data Resolving an Unexplained Reply Received from the Remote Site on page 5 52 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Restarting the Cardiograph Checking the Remote Site Server Connection Use the following proce
269. rrupts the selected test Print Cumulative Results The cardiograph logs test results for each particular Service Utility session in the Test Results log To print the log touch Print Cumulative Results m The test results remain in the log until you either exit the Service Utility or touch Clear Results Clear Results m Clears the test results log Using the Software Installation Utility Upgrading or reinstallation of the cardiograph and PIM software is performed using the Software Installation Utility The Software Installation Utility uses the cardiograph s external PC card slot to obtain software images from an inserted PC card Installation over the network modem or RS 232 serial interface is not supported Loading software from a USB memory stick is also not supported e Software Installation Utility The PageWriter Touch system software consists of four 4 main installable components as described in Table 5 11 A 128 MB or higher PC Card and PCMCIA adapter are required for software installation These items are available as part number 453563479701 from Philips Medical Systems To upgrade or reinstall any or all of the software components gt Update the software components as described in Appendix A Software Installation Instructions PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 15 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility Table 5 11 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Softw
270. rt ordering To order replacement parts contact your local Philips Medical Systems Response Center see Other Resources on page 1 29 This chapter includes the following information Main Assembly and Parts 0 cece eee ee eee eee eens 7 2 Bottom Housing Assembly and Parts 2 2 e ee eens 7 5 Keyboard Assembly and Fas ac eo eS Dese e 7 7 Patient Interface Module PIM and Parts 00 0 ce eee 7 9 Print Head Assembly and Related Parts 200 0005 7 13 Cart Assembly and Parts llle 7 15 Optional Accessories and Supplies 0 0 02 eese 7 17 7 1 Replacement Parts Main Assembly and Parts Main Assembly and Parts Figure 7 1 Main Assembly Exploded Diagram on page 7 3 illustrates each part of the main assembly 7 2 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Figure 7 1 Main Assembly Exploded Diagram PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 7 3 Replacement Parts 7 4 Main Assembly and Parts Table 7 1 Main Assembly Parts List Reference peseription Part Number Number 1 Display assembly 453563479791 2 Rear cover 453563479351 3 Screw M5 X 10 MM nylon Phillips 2 required 453563493621 Washer rubber 2 required 453563493631 4 Screw M4 X 9 5 MM 4 required 453563488811 5 Battery door assembly 453563479131 includes M3 x 8MM screw 6 Screw M3 x 8mm Phillips 45356
271. s World Mode This setting allows the Disabled wireless adapter to automatically sud gt ihe Note For more information on this setting DOW GE NEN see the Cisco Aironet Wireless LAN Client and frequency r ange of Adapters Installation and Configuration Guide for access points in different Windows CE regions of the world Data Rate This setting specifies the Auto rate at which the wireless adapter should transmit or receive packets to or from the access point Transmit This setting defines the Max Power power level at which the wireless adapter transmits to the access point Offline This setting enables the Enabled Channel Scan wireless adapter to periodically scan for a better access point with the same SSID if the signal strength falls below 50 10 When all settings in the Aironet Client Utility are specified touch the OK button upper right corner of window All of the configured settings are automatically saved to an Aironet Client Utility profile The Aironet Client Utility closes 11 On the Network Configuration screen select Obtain IP Address Automatically for DHCP or Specify IP Address for Static IP and enter all relevant information Consult your network administrator for more information For more information on configuring the cardiograph with DHCP see About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP on page 8 5 12 Touch the R T ECG button on the Command Toolbar PageWriterTouch
272. s facing out Ensure that the recessed section of the battery is properly aligned with the top of the battery door and that the batteries are fully seated inside the battery compartment 5 Reattach the battery door 6 Plug the cardiograph back into AC power and turn the AC power switch to the On position Check that the green AC power indicator light is lit front of cardiograph 7 Charge the batteries for at least 24 hours before mobile use Replacing the AC Fuses 3 10 The AC fuses need to be replaced when the cardiograph is plugged into AC power with the AC power switch turned to the On position but the green AC power indicator light does not illuminate Figure 1 4 on page 1 9 Only use replacement AC fuses with Philips part number 453563485231 see page 1 24 or use a 1 5 amp 250V time delay fuse the same size and configuration as the original fuse PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Replacing the AC Fuses Figure 3 7 Replacing the AC Fuses oe FF 00 9 OH a Li oO e e LI To replace the AC fuses 1 Unplug the cardiograph from AC power Pull out the AC power cord from the rear of the cardiograph 2 Locate the fuse door above AC power switch 3 Insert the end of a flat blade screwdriver into the notch at the top of the fuse door Pull down gently to open the fuse door and to expose the fuse holder 4 Gently r
273. sabled ECG printing is disabled cardiograph will automatically shut down when battery power level decreases to below 20 No or Dead Battery 1 As the average charge level decreases printing may be disabled When the average charge decreases to 20 the cardiograph warns the user to plug in the AC power cord to continue The average battery charge can be calculated as follows Average Battery Charge Battery Percent Full x Battery2 Percent Full 2 where the Percent Full values are read from the Service Utility screen PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 2 17 Theory of Operation Power Management Battery Discharging The system power processor and host processor controls the battery switching so the batteries can be discharged separately When a battery is discharged to 30 the system power processor and host processor switches to the other battery When both batteries are discharged to the 30 level the cardiograph disables high demand printing and continues to allow both batteries to be discharged to a 20 level When the 20 level is reached on both batteries the cardiograph disables printing and warns the user to plug in the AC power cord If the AC power cord is not plugged in within three minutes the cardiograph automatically enters Standby mode A full Reset will be required when the cardiograph is taken out of Standby mode Battery Charging When the AC power cord is plugged in the system po
274. sage Unable to copy to file appears To save a system log file to a diskette PC card or USB memory stick 1 Insert the removable media into the cardiograph 2 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar 3 Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar 4 Touch the System tab top of screen The selected tab is indicated in blue ul Under System Logs touch the Save button The Save Logs window appears 6 Select the removable media under the Select Output Destination drop down menu 7 Under Enter Output Filename enter a new file name or keep the default file name Touch the Browse button to select a file directly on the removable media directory 8 Individual log files may be selected under Select System Files to Save It is recommended to save all of the available log files to the removable media 9 Touch the Save button The System Log file is saved to the removable media PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 17 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Accessing the Windows CE Desktop Additional Service Utility Functions Change Access Code The Service Utility access code is set to 0000 zero at the factory You can change the access code to any combination of four 4 numeric digits If you lose or forget the access code contact the Philips Response Center Calibrate Batteries Battery calibration from the Service Utility screen is not supported Battery calibration can be initiated from the Maint
275. scribed in this section include the network protocol settings used with the wired or wireless network LAN connection The network settings on the cardiograph support TCP IP protocol using a static IP address or a dynamic IP address and support a DNS or WINS server The network settings also allow for specifying Ethernet data transmission settings This setting can be specified to Auto Negotiation default setting or to a manual transmission rate setting with Full or Half Duplex See Auto Negotiation on page 8 2 for more information on data transmission rates and the PageWriter Touch cardiograph The PageWriter Touch cardiograph communicates with the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System using a wired or wireless network connection or a modem connection In the cardiograph network configuration settings all TCP IP settings are configurable based on the specific needs of the clinical environment Both DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol and fixed IP Internet Protocol address settings are available DHCP With DHCP the LAN automatically provides a dynamic IP address to the cardiograph The LAN records the unique MAC Media Access Control address of the cardiograph and provides a temporary DHCP IP address Fixed IP Address Fixed IP addresses allow the cardiograph to be recognized throughout a network With a fixed IP address the cardiograph will be recognized at multiple locations throughout a LAN and will not require that the IP
276. sensor from the well Take care not to break the clip Doing so will require replacement of the entire bottom housing Figure 6 90 Top of Form Sensor r USE 187 456300 lt a L 024 9 Remove the MG screw nut and grounding lug from the leaf spring as shown below using a 5mm nut driver and T10 Torx driver Figure 6 91 Removing M3 Screw Nut and Ground Lug From Leaf Spring 10 Remove grounding ring terminals from print head bolt and M3x10mm print head screw See Figure 6 53 on page 6 28 Replacing the Top of Form Cable Harness To replace the main cable harness Under the cardiograph attach the M3 screw nut and grounding lug to the leaf spring using a nut driver and T10 Torx driver Attach grounding ring terminals to print head bolt and M3x10mm print head screw See Figure 6 53 on page 6 28 Snap the top of form sensor into place See figure 6 90 Attach the tie wrap Remove any excess See figure 6 89 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 59 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components wo on A a Removing and Replacing the Display Hinge Bracket Attach the J7 connector to the printer control board See Figure 6 78 on page 6 49 Install the print head See page 6 32 Replace the top cover See page 6 16 Insert the batteries See page 6 3 Plug the AC power cord into the power source Removing and Replacing the Display Hinge Bracket 6 60 Removing the Display Hinge Bra
277. skette Drive USB 02 eee cece ce eee I I 2 4 USB External Drive secede cren eee eee I II 2 4 Smart Batteries SMB 1 zoe tee metae ae et Sees whe eae eee 2 4 Keyboard PS 2 aee EL PEERS ieee pure Budd goatee RR GRE Purus 2 4 Magnetic Card Reader Serial 2 4 Barcode Reader PS 2 0 2 0 cece ce eect eee eee e eee eee eeeeee 2 5 Top Level ECG Data Flow and Storage llle 2 5 About XML Versions for Software Version C 01 02 and higher 2 6 Internal Main Archive 0 0 2 cece eee III eneene 2 8 Internal Remote Archive 0 2 cece eee ee e I 2 8 External PC Card or USB Memory Stick Archives lll ee eese 2 8 USB Memory Sticle nie t nece ule tete Mei tei ope t teat e aede 2 8 External Diskette Archives 0 0 cece eee cee eee cence eee eee rere 2 9 Rendered ECG Report Prints 0 eee e cece ete e 2 9 Fax Rendered ECG Report Print 0 0 se eee cece eee eee tee eens 2 10 Power System Overview 0 cee cee cece eee eee eee eee hh 2 11 Batteries peu dd PRE ud Rhee eo aia rau UN EN A eRe ee eed Fue 2 12 SMBus Smart System 1 2 eee eee eee eee eee e eee eee eeeee 2 14 Power Labels erum sot ees sic he es RE BUS a eed Ga ea 2 14 DC PV Rave eerie ented tice toc Yen o inire undead ra dele sc 2 14 VBAT Ts chats boot aeos sins hee Seen anes E ad elas aut SE N 2 14 NBATT22 5 os pila ata ae tole RE Mar e ord cel E eA ht out Mal tagcat 2 14
278. ss point The higher the number of green bars the ai Fi better the connection ER x a Red bars indicate that the cardiograph is losing the wireless LAN signal and that the cardiograph should be moved to an area with a stronger signal a A red x indicates that the wireless adapter is unable to associate to an access point PageWriterTouch Cardiograph Service Manual Wireless LAN Installation Installing the Wireless LAN Card Table B 4 Wireless Adapter LED Indicators Green Activity Red Status LED What LEDs indicate LED Indicator Indicator Blinking quickly Blinking quickly Wireless adapter is not every 0 5 seconds associated to an access point Off Blinking quickly Wireless adapter is associated to an access point with Power Save Mode set to default Fast PSP Off Off Wireless adapter is not receiving power or an error has occurred Blinking slowly Blinking quickly Wireless adapter is associated every 1 5 seconds to an access point with Power Save Mode set to CAM not recommended due to increased power consumption Configured TraceMasterVue Remote Sites appear in the Selected Archive drop down list on the Archive screen The Archive is used to transmit ECGs to and from the cardiograph and to search a configured Remote Site for ECGs to save to the cardiograph and to print on the cardiograph For more information on using the Archive see Chapter 8 Transferring ECGs and Using
279. stalling the software it is critical that a full system reset be completed as described in this section Do not press the Reset button located on the rear of the cardiograph to perform the full system reset Do not remove the installation PC card from the cardiograph until indicated in this procedure To perform a full system reset 1 Turn the AC power switch to the Off position Ensure that the green AC power indicator light front of cardiograph is not lit 2 Using a Phillips head screwdriver remove the battery door from the cardiograph Remove both batteries from the battery compartment Ensure that both batteries are fully removed from the compartment 4 Wait for thirty seconds After thirty seconds reinsert both batteries Ensure that both batteries are fully inserted into the battery compartment PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual A 13 Restoring Custom Settings Reinstall the battery door Turn on AC power Ensure that the AC power indicator light front of cardiograph is lit Complete the touch screen calibration and confirm that the correct date and time displays Proceed to the next section to restore custom settings on the cardiograph Restoring Custom Settings CAUTION A 14 After successful completion of the full system reset procedure locate the media that contains the custom settings file and the network configuration information for the cardiograph if necessary Network settings such as IP
280. supplied on request by a local Philips Medical Systems represen tative or by the manufacturer Intended Use of this Service Manual This Philips product is intended to be operated only in accordance with the safety procedures and operating instructions provided in this Service Manual and in accordance with the purposes for which it was designed Installation use and operation of this product is subject to the laws in effect in the jurisdiction s in which the product is being used Users must only install use and operate this product in such a manner that does not conflict with applicable laws or regulations that have the force of law Use of this product for purposes other than the express intended purpose provided by the manufacturer or incorrect use and operation may relieve the manufac turer or agent from all or some responsibility for resultant non compliance damage or injury United States federal law restricts this device to use by or on the order of a physician THIS PRODUCT IS NOT INTENDED FOR HOME USE Training Users of this product must receive adequate clinical training on its safe and effective use before attempting to operate the product as described in this Service Manual Training requirements vary by country Users must ensure that they receive adequate clinical training in accordance with local laws or regulations For further information on available training on the use of this product
281. t V3R C3R v2c2 v3ica LP V4ICA VARIV4R a i SEFA vsics jee 1 et voice RAIR e RUN LUF e E vic vaice To configure the 16 lead PIM 1 Press the On Standby button to put the cardiograph into Standby CAUTION Always put the cardiograph in Standby before replacing the Patient Interface Module PIM Do not change the PIM while the cardiograph is in active use 2 Disconnect the PIM from the cardiograph if necessary 3 15 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 Remove the PIM cover by removing the screw on the cover housing using a Phillips head screwdriver 4 The interior of the PIM is color coded and labeled to identify the lead connections The optional 16 lead connectors are labeled A1 A4 Al A2 F IC1 v2 C2 RA R V3IC3 RL L VAICA LL N V5 C5 LA F V6 C6 3 16 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Configuring the 16 Lead PIM 5 The slots A1 A4 may be configured as described in Table 3 4 to support the available 15 and 16 lead options Insert the designated lead into the correct connector If no lead is inserted into a connector insert the shorting plug provided in the lead kit into the connector slot Do not leave the connector empty Table 3 4 Configuring Optional 15 and 16 Lead PIM Options Lead A1 A2 A3 A4 Option Pediatric VAR CAR V3R C3R V7 C7 Insert plug no lead inserted Posterior Insert pl
282. t Input Module Connection message has not displayed wait for the recovery opera tion to complete Ifthe message disappears with no intervention this indicates that normal PIM communication has been restored m If the Check Patient Input Module Connection message displays this indicates that the PIM communication could not be resumed m Recoverable PIM communication errors may occur under certain AC power conditions and static discharge situations Allow the cardiograph sufficient time to recover m If the condition persists the cardiograph must be serviced to inspect and to possibly replace the PIM the patient data cable or the connector hardware General PIM failure Action Press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph and then launch the Service Utility Check the values of the PIM Kernel Rev and PIM Status fields The PIM Status and PIM Kernel Rev fields display lt not found gt The PIM Status field does not display Present CH 12 No Flags If the condition persists the cardiograph must be serviced to inspect and to possibly replace the PIM the patient data cable or the connector hardware 5 36 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 5 PIM and Signal Acquisition Troubleshooting continued Error Message New PIM Detected Possible Cause The PIM has been disconnected from the cardiograp
283. t Number Description 989803127471 LAN Cable 2 13 m 7 0 ft For more information on available upgrades consult with your sales representative dealer or distributor Supplies and Ordering Information 1 24 NOTE The part numbers for all supplies for the PageWriter Touch cardiograph are listed in this section This section describes supply part numbers only For repair part numbers see Chapter 7 Replacement Parts Ordering Supplies All supplies may be ordered on the web at http shop medical philips com Use the part numbers listed below for reference to ensure that the correct supplies are ordered PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Introduction Supplies and Ordering Information Special Note about Welsh Bulb Electrodes Figure 1 8 Welsh Bulb Electrode Welsh Bulb electrodes are offered as an optional supply part with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph Special care is necessary when using these electrodes Pay special attention to all warnings associated with these electrodes For information on cleaning the reusable Welsh Bulb electrodes see Chapter 10 Care and Maintenance of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use Edition 7 Philips Medical Systems recommends the use of disposable electrodes with the PageWriter Touch cardiograph WARNING The Welsh bulb electrodes available as an accessory for the cardiograph do not meet the requirements of IEC 60601 2
284. t fields disables that specific field when an order search is conducted on the cardiograph Under Inbox List Assignments select the Get Orders check box to allow the user to download orders from OrderVue to the Inbox Select the Find Orders check box to allow the user to search for orders directly from the cardiograph Under Update Mode select Delete and Replace to have all existing orders deleted from the Inbox each time that orders are downloaded or select Append to have the new or updated orders added to the bottom of the Pending Orders List no existing orders are deleted At the top of the screen a blue check mark and the word Modify appears Touch the Add New button to create a new Inbox with the selected settings The Add Remote Orders Inbox window appears Enter a name for the Inbox Touch OK when done The new Inbox appears on the Remote Orders Inboxes pull down list top of screen Proceed to the next section to specify general OrderVue settings PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 8 15 Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring OrderVue Settings 8 16 General OrderVue Settings Follow the procedure below to specify settings that apply to all cardiograph Inboxes and to all orders that are manually downloaded to the cardiograph using removable media including USB memory stick PC card or diskette Orders that are loaded on the cardiograph from removable media originate from the WebSelect Utility appl
285. ter Touch Instructions for Use Transfer any archived EGGs to removable media PC card USB memory stick diskette in case you need to restore them after replacing the main board This can only be done if the cardiograph is operational For more information see Chapter 8 of the of the PageWriter Touch Instructions for Use Unplug the AC power cord Remove the batteries See page 6 3 If a PC card is inserted into the slot located on the rear of the cardiograph remove it by pressing the eject button Remove any peripherals or cables attached to the rear panel of the cardiograph Remove the top cover See page 6 16 To minimize any flexing of the main control board remove all cables prior to removing any of the screws Disconnect the J5 J6 J7 and J12 connectors PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 6 41 Removing and Replacing Cardiograph Components 6 42 NOTE NOTE NOTE Removing and Replacing the Main Control Board Figure 6 71 Main Control Board J5 J6 J7 J12 J22 Connectors J12 connector J7 connector HH J5 connector TELLE a q J connector eecsese geccece e t su J22 connector Connectors are not attached in Figure 6 71 9 Disconnect the J22 connector 10 Remove the display cable from the bracket by carefully pulling it to the side See Table 6 39 Pay close attention to the position of the J8 and J9 connectors You will need to reattach them in the s
286. ternal Main Archive resides on the internal CompactFlash CF card and is used as the primary ECG data repository ECG XML files and related index files are stored here in the SierraArchiveInternal directory For software version C 01 02 and higher the XML files are stored in the specified XML version 1 03 or 1 04 All stored ECG files transition through this archive prior to transfer or copying to other devices such as a PC card USB memory stick or TraceMasterVue Currently the internal Main Archive is limited to a maximum of 150 ECGs when combined with the internal Remote Archive The Remote Site Archive contains ECGs downloaded from a specified TraceMaster Vue ECG Management System For example 50 ECGs stored in the internal Main Archive and 50 ECGs stored in the internal Remote Archive result in a remaining available storage of 50 ECGs These can then be saved in either the internal Main or Remote archives Internal Remote Archive The internal Remote Archive resides on the internal CompactFlash CF card in the same manner as the internal Main Archive All XML files retrieved from remote sites such as the TraceMasterVue ECG Management system reside in this archive until deleted ECG XML files and related index files are stored in the SierraArchiveRemote directory Currently the internal Remote Archive is limited to a maximum of 150 ECGs when combined with the internal Main Archive For example 50 ECGs stored in the internal Main Archi
287. tery Level Indicator on the Status Bar when the batteries require calibration Touch the Battery Level Indicator on Status Bar to display the Battery Status window A message will appear if the batteries require calibration Ensure that the batteries are fully charged before performing battery calibration PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 7 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Battery Maintenance and Care If the batteries have been stored inside or outside of the cardiograph for thirty days or more a battery calibration is recommended before use Full battery calibration can take up to twelve hours per battery NOTE Ensure that the batteries are fully charged before performing a battery calibration procedure For more information on the battery level indicator see Battery Power Indicator on page 1 21 To calibrate the batteries on the cardiograph 1 NOTE 2 3 4 5 6 NOTE Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar Access to the Configuration screens may be password controlled Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar Touch the Maintenance tab top of screen Touch the Battery Calibration button The Battery Calibration window appears and displays a message top of window confirming that calibration is required Touch the Start button to begin battery calibration A progress bar appears that displays information about the calibration process If battery calibration is not
288. the Archive of the PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Instructions for Use PageWriterTouch Cardiograph Service Manual B 9 B 10 PageWriterTouch Cardiograph Service Manual Specifications Technical Specifications ECG Acquisition m R T real time ECG 12 leads a AUTO 12 leads a RHYTHM up to 12 leads a DISCLOSE 1 to 3 leads Keyboard a Full alphanumeric capability Touchscreen Display m 1024 x 768 pixel resolution m 30 4 cm x 22 8 cm 15 inch diagonal color liquid crystal touch screen display with backlight Patient Interface Module a Remote microprocessor controlled module m Action button allows user to take ECG Snapshots from the bedside Cardiograph Cart m The cardiograph cart optional accessory has been tested for stability using the IEC 60601 1 test protocol m The IEC 60601 1 protocol calls for the cardiograph cart to not tip over using a 10 degree angle of incline in any direction It is possible to exceed this amount of incline when the cardiograph and cart are moved over a roadside curb or some other small but steep incline Use care when moving the cardiograph cart C 1 Specifications Technical Specifications C 2 Signal Processing Acquisition Sampling Rate m 1 000 samples per second per electrode lead m 12 bit A D conversion provides 5p V resolution Auto Frequency Response 0 05 150 Hz 0 15 150 Hz 0 5 150 Hz 0 05 100 Hz 0 15 100 Hz 0 5 100 Hz 0 05 40 Hz 0 15 40 0 5 40 Hz R
289. the Wireless Network tab then touch the Configure button next to CISCO Aironet 350 6 Inthe Aironet Client Utility touch the Status tab If green or yellow bars appear on the Signal Strength or Signal Quality fields this indicates an active connection If the bars are red try moving the cardiograph to an area with a stronger wireless signal For information on performing additional diagnostic tests from the Status tab see the Cisco PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 5 51 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Restarting the Cardiograph 5 52 8 Aironet Wireless LAN Client Adapters Installation and Configuration Guide for Windows CE available for download from www cisco com Verify that the IP address information on the cardiograph network screen is correct DHCP or Static IP and that the computer name is also correct The DHCP IP address is displayed on the Aironet Client Utility screen If DHCP is being used the DHCP lease may have expired To reacquire an IP address press the On Standby button on the cardiograph to enter Standby then press the button again to return the cardiograph to active use Ping the TraceMasterVue server Follow the procedure in Table 5 9 Table 5 9 Pinging the TraceMasterVue server from the cardiograph 1 h Ww N To ping the TraceMasterVue server from the PageWriter Touch cardiograph On the R T ECG screen touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar The Configuration screens appear
290. the diskette into the diskette drive on the cardiograph In the absence of an index file the cardiograph automatically regenerates the index Rendered ECG Report Prints A rendered ECG report print is a representation of the ECG data This includes a high resolution print of the signal data and may include configured patient demographics acquisition information and other non signal data elements The cardiograph allows the user to customize the fields on a printed ECG report The print may consist of one or more continuous pages on perforated thermal media from the printer PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 2 9 Theory of Operation Top Level ECG Data Flow and Storage 123456789 Rate 170 PR 327 QRSD 90 QT 308 QTc 518 AXIS P o QRS 33 T 37 II NOTE Rx No known Rx Dx No known Dx SINUS TACHYCARDIA these Neb o R78 err RIVE 0 2 o PG AC 6 2 V Rate 137 INCOMPLETE RIGHT BUNDLE BRANCH BLOCK QRSd 88 RSR or pure R RIGHT AXIS DEVIATION CONSIDER RVH frontal amp init horiz axis right Order 0 123 Enc E 123 Fac West Campus 5 ABNORMAL ECG Requested by Phelps A12445 Unconfirmed Diagnosis STAT APY MAUI Y Y Yanai U Dev 132 Figure 2 3 15 Lead Pediatric Rendered ECG Report Print Sample 6 8 2007 2 14 17 PM Doe Jane H Community Hospital 21 3 Years Female Race Pacific Islander 40 Ibs 35 in BP 70 42 Dept Ped 13 Room 228 Op
291. the modem card to a phone line when the cardiograph is connected to a patient About XML Versions The Remote Sites feature can be configured to transmit ECG data in XML version 1 03 or in version 1 04 The XML version selected is determined by the software revision level of the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System to which the ECG data is transferred XML version 1 03 is compatible with the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System software version A 02 This XML version does not support the transmission of ECG data in any extended 15 or 16 lead format If a 15 or 16 lead ECG is transferred using this XML version the additional ECG data for the right side precordial or posterior leads is deleted and the ECG is transferred in standard 12 lead format XML version 1 04 is compatible with the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System software version B 01 or higher Full ECG data from extended lead 15 or 16 lead ECGs is transferred to the TraceMasterVue ECG Management System NOTE Only XML version 1 03 is compatible with the Philips 12 Lead XML Utilities For more information on the Philips 12 Lead XML Utilities see Philips 12 Lead ECG XML Information and Tools on page 1 4 8 8 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring TraceMasterVue Remote Site Settings NOTE NOTE Figure 8 5 XML Version to TraceMasterVue Compatibility 2 9 PageWriter yj 9 d TraceMasterVue ECG 12
292. tic environment specified in the table below The customer or the user of the PageWriter Touch cardiograph should assure that it is used in such an environment Emissions Test Compliance Electromagnetic Environment guidance RF Emissions Group 1 The PageWriter Touch cardiograph uses RF energy CISPR 11 only for its internal function Therefore its RF emissions are very low are not likely to cause any interference in nearby electronic equipment PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual C 7 Specifications Table C 1 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Emissions The PageWriter Touch cardiograph is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified in the table below The customer or the user of the Page Writer Touch cardiograph should assure that it is used in such an environment Emissions Test Compliance RF Emissions Class A CISPR 11 Harmonic Emissions Class A IEC 61000 3 2 Voltage fluctuations Complies flicker emissions IEC 61000 3 3 Table C 2 Electromagnetic Environment guidance The PageWriter Touch cardiograph is suitable for use in all establishments other than domestic and those directly connected to the public low voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes Guidance and Manufacturer s Declaration Electromagnetic Immunity The PageWriter Touch cardiograph is intended f
293. ting of the transmitter in watts W according to the transmitter manufacturer Note 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies Note 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations Electromagnetic propagation is affected by the absorption and reflection from structures objects and people PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual C 11 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 16 leads C 01 Upgrade Kit 7 19 attaching color clips to leads 1 21 3 17 configuring PIM 1 17 1 20 3 17 options 1 18 3 14 A AAMI leads part number 1 27 AC fuse replacement 3 10 AC power indicator light not working 5 29 troubleshooting 5 28 access point troubleshooting 5 55 accessories disposal 3 18 Aironet Client Utility ACU troubleshooting 5 53 alligator clips part number 127 Archive troubleshooting 5 22 auto negotiation 8 2 Automatic Maintenance Reset 3 35 barcode reader calibrating 3 20 diagnostic test 3 28 part number 7 19 removing extra carriage return 3 20 troubleshooting 5 27 batteries calibration 3 7 charging 3 7 estimated calibration time 3 8 estimated charge time 3 7 inaccurate battery level reading 5 28 maintenance and care 3 6 part numbers 1 28 replacement 3 8 troubleshooting 5 28 wrench icon 3 7 battery charge cycle count 2 16 Cc cables cleaning 3 2 3 3 calibration batteries 3 7 touch screen 3 18 calibration test touch screen 3 25 ca
294. to a single Inbox Once selected the Outboxes appear under Selected Remote Site Folders middle of screen Touch the Clear Selection button to clear the selected Outbox es Under Status touch an entry to select which orders are downloaded to the Inbox The lt All gt option downloads all orders to the Inbox The New option only downloads orders that are new in the system and that have not previously been downloaded to the cardiograph Under Priority touch an option to select the priority level for orders downloaded to the Inbox The lt All gt option downloads all orders regardless of their priority The STAT option only downloads orders that are designated with a STAT priority The Search Range setting designates the originating time span for pending orders downloaded from OrderVue to the selected Inbox This feature can be set in units of hours or days The maximum range that this feature can be set for is from up to 99 hours or days previous to the current time or date or 99 hours or days ahead of the current time or date For example to designate orders for download to the selected cardiograph Inbox from yesterday to up to 9 hours in the future enter 1 in the Previous field and select Days as the unit Then enter 9 into the Next field and then select Hours as the unit These values also determine the time or date range in which users can search for orders if the search feature is enabled Entering 0 into either the Previous or Nex
295. tocol with TLS PEAP Protected EAP encryption supported Is EAP FAST encryption No supported Is there a limit to the number of wireless cardiographs which can be associated to an access point This is a function of the access point Consult your system administrator Does the wireless card utilize DHSS Direct Hopping Sequence Spread or FHSS Frequency Hopping Sequence Spread Only DHSS is supported What is the expected transmission rate of the 11 Mbps It is 6 Mbps effective PageWriterTouch Cardiograph Service Manual Wireless LAN Installation Installing the Wireless LAN Card Wireless LAN FAQs Question With a wireless adapter inserted into the PC card slot on the cardiograph what MAC address and IP address will appear on the Service Utility screen Answer With a wireless adapter inserted in the PC card slot on the cardiograph the wireless card MAC address and IP information will appear on the service utility screen If the cardiograph is connected to a LAN with both a wireless adapter and a wired Ethernet connection which connection takes precedence m The wired connection will take precedence m For information on configuring the cardiograph with both a wired and a wireless LAN connection using DHCP see About Wired Ethernet and Wireless LAN Connectivity Using DHCP on page 8 5 Installing the Wireless LAN Card Figure B 1 The Wireless LAN Card
296. txt 15KB Text Document 8 30 2007 2 15 PM Figure A 5 Software Version B 01 Correct Directory Structure Senu File Folder 9 17 2007 2 16 PM CjFirmware Images File Folder 9 17 2007 2 16 PM Startup File Folder 9 17 2007 2 16 PM E PackingList txt 13KB Text Document 8 22 2006 2 53 PM 11 Copy the PageWriter Touch software files to the top level root directory of the PC card 12 Remove the PC card from the laptop or other device Proceed to the software installation procedure Installing the Software CAUTIONS A CAUTIONS A The software upgrade installation will take approximately twenty minutes to complete Read through this entire document before installing the software upgrade This software upgrade procedure is significantly different from previous software upgrades The steps in the procedure must be followed in the order described Please read this software installation procedure carefully After installing the software it is critical that all power sources batteries and AC power are removed from the cardiograph in order to complete a full system reset Installing new software on the cardiograph will delete all custom settings from the cardiograph Save all custom settings to a diskette USB Memory Stick or to a PC card before installing the software upgrade If upgrading from software version A 02 00 or earlier to version B 01 or C 01 all network settings will also be deleted from the cardiograph Record all net
297. uctions for Use conventions used in 1 3 IP address 8 4 Index 1 L LAN settings using DHCP for wired and wireless 5 57 8 5 lead wires chest leads part number 1 27 cleaning 3 2 limb leads part number 1 27 replacing 3 12 LOC configuring 8 17 log file 3 32 M magnetic card reader diagnostic test 3 29 part number 7 19 maintenance batteries 3 6 battery replacement 3 8 cleaning 3 2 diskette drive 3 20 replacing AC fuses 3 10 tests 3 24 touch screen 3 18 touch screen calibration 3 18 touch screen cleaning 3 19 N network settings configuring on a PageWriter Touch cardiograph 8 2 ping test 8 3 troubleshooting wireless LAN 5 53 Oo orders configuring settings on cardiograph 8 1 troubleshooting 5 35 OrderVue configuring settings on cardiograph 8 1 creating an Inbox on the PageWriter Touch cardiograph 8 14 Index 2 troubleshooting a Remote Site 5 50 P PageWriter Touch cardiograph configuring network settings 8 2 configuring Remote Site settings 8 6 institution settings 8 17 modem configuration 8 7 paper part number 1 28 part numbers supplies 1 27 patient data cable approved cleaning solutions 3 2 cleaning 3 2 diagnostic test 3 28 part number 1 27 Patient Interface Module PIM connecting to cardiograph 1 21 diagnostic test 3 28 replacing the lead wires 3 12 storage 1 22 PC card part number 7 19 pediatric tab electrodes 1 28 Philips InCenter web site 1 30 document errors 1 31 err
298. ug V9 CO VT CT V8 C8 no lead inserted Balanced VAR CAR V3R C3R V7 C7 V8 C8 NOTE To configure the 16 lead PIM for standard 12 leads insert shorting plugs into slots A1 A4 Figure 3 8 we Shorting Plug included in Lead Kit 6 Attach the appropriate color coded identification clip included in the lead kit to the lead 7 Attach the small color clip included in the lead kit near the connector end of the lead wire 4 Cn e aw 8 Ensure that each lead is firmly connected to the PIM 9 Reattach the PIM cover PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 3 17 Cardiograph Care and Maintenance Cardiograph and Accessory Disposal 10 Reattach the patient data cable to the RJ 11 receptacle right side of cardiograph om WARNING To ensure safety and prevent damage to the system only connect the patient data cable to the correct RJ 11 receptacle on the right side of the cardiograph Cardiograph and Accessory Disposal When the cardiograph has reached the end of its product life dispose of it according to local ordinances When any of the cardiograph accessories reach the end of their product life dispose of these items in accordance with manufacturer instructions and local ordinances Maintaining the Touch Screen The touch screen may require occasional maintenance including calibration and cleaning Touch Screen Calibration The touch screen may be calibrated at any time Calibration is
299. ulb Electrode IEC with banana plug adapter Printer Paper Part Number Description 989803106261 Z fold with header A size 8 5 x 11 in 21 6 x 28 cm 989803106271 Z fold with header A4 size 8 27 x 11 69 in 21 x 29 69 cm 989803106281 Anti fade A size 8 5 x 11 in 21 6 x 28 cm 989803106291 Anti fade A4 size 8 27 x 11 69 in 21 x 29 69 cm Batteries Part Number 989803129131 Description Lithium ion replacement batteries 2 battery packs are required to power the cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual 1 27 Introduction Localization Options Other Resources The following table shows the Philips Medical Systems option number and associated languages components Table 1 3 Localization Options Labels Power Option Country amp User ECE Keyboard Pibttead Cord Default Locale Rpt Version Paper Doc Opt ABA USA English English US English AAMI 903 A US Canada English ABU UK English English British IEC 900 A4 English UK ABG Australia English English US English AAMI 901 A4 English Austra lian ABB European English English British IEC 902 A4 English English UK AKJ Israel amp English English US English IEC M5000 A4 English Gaza Strip 61629 Israel ABA Singapore English English British AAMI 900 A4 English amp Hong Singapore Kong amp Hong Kong See T
300. ully seated in the PIM housing Attach ground plate to leads and observe lead status Confirm that the phys ical connections between the lead wires and the PIM are good and the cables are not damaged The leads off condition persists on a periodic basis If the issue persists the cardiograph should be serviced to inspect the lead wire connection the patient data cable connection and possibly to replace the lead wires 5 38 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 5 Error Message One or more leads display as leads off red dashed line continu ously Possible Cause A problem with the electrodes or leads Action Remove the PIM cover and ensure that the lead wire connectors are fully seated in the PIM housing Attach ground plate to leads and observe lead status Confirm that the phys ical connections between the lead wires and the PIM are good and the cables are not damaged Troubleshooting Cardiograph Issues PIM and Signal Acquisition Troubleshooting continued Confirmation The leads off condition persists Solution If the issue persists the cardiograph should be serviced to inspect the lead wire connection the patient data cable connection and possibly to replace the lead wires One or more leads display as leads off red dotted line when printing A faulty ground connec tion to printhead static brush Act
301. upply location to run the system m Switching between batteries depending on the charge condition Monitoring the on and standby switch and then reporting the status to the host processor Power Labels The following represent the various power labels used in the cardiograph DC_PWR The DC voltage direct from the AC power The voltage level is between 14 5V and 15 0V with a maximum power output of 65 watts VBATT1 The voltage of battery Number 1 Voltage range is between 8 0V and 12 6V Discharge current is limited to a continuous 6 amps continuous with a 6 5 amp limit for short periods VBATT2 This is the Voltage of the Number 2 Battery Voltage range will be between 8 0V to 12 6V Discharge Current is Limited to 6 amps continuous with a 6 5 amp limit for short periods LDO PWR The Diode Ord voltage for the available supplies DC PWR VBATTI and VBATT2 LDO PWR is continually powered up to maintain power for the low drop out regulators that supply power for the power control processor LOAD PWR The voltage of the current supplied voltage If the AC power cord is plugged in the LOAD PWR voltage is approximately 14V If not then the LOAD PWR voltage is from the battery with the highest capacity when the system loses AC power In all cases the voltage is lower then if measured directly at the source due to voltage drops across the switching fets The measured voltage is between 8 0V and 14 0V 2 14 PageWriter Touch Car
302. uptions and voltage variations on power supply input lines IEC 61000 4 11 IEC 60601 Test Level lt 5 UT for 0 5 cycle 40 Ur for 5 cycles 7096 Ur for 25 cycles Compliance Level lt 5 Ur gt 95 dip in Un for 0 5 cycle 40 Ur for 5 cycles 10 Ur gt 30 dip in Ur for 25 cycles Electromagnetic Environment guidance Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment If the user of the PageWriter Touch cardiograph required continued operation during power mains interruptions it is recommended that the Page Writer Touch be powered from an uninterruptable power supply or a battery lt 5 Ur lt 5 Ur 29596 dip in Un gt 95 dip in for 5 seconds Un for 5 seconds Power frequency 3 A m Complies Power frequency magnetic fields should be at 50 60 Hz magnetic field levels characteristic of a typical location in a typical commercial or hospital environment Note Ur is the a c mains voltage prior to application of the test level a The PageWriter Touch cardiograph may be susceptible to both direct and indirect electrostatic discharges as low as 3kV Some anomalies that occurred during the product EMC verification were artifact on the ECG traces screen error messages resulting in unintended change in oper ation printer stopping blank pages printed or unit lockup Should abnormal product behavior occur as a result of an ESD event
303. ut Module Connection message has not yet been displayed wait for the recovery operation to complete Printer Paper Tray Troubleshooting R T real time ECG Screen Confirmation a The message disappears indicating that communication with the PIM has resumed m If the Check Patient Input Module Connection message box displays this indicates that communication with the PIM cannot be restored Solution a Recoverable PIM communication errors may occur under certain AC power conditions and static discharge conditions Allow the cardiograph to recover before any intervention a If the issue persists the cardiograph must be serviced in order to inspect and to possibly replace the PIM patient data cable or connector hardware The waveforms displayed on the screen are not refreshing and the cardiograph is not responsive Application error has occurred Action Wait for two minutes or longer If the automatic reset message does not appear press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph The cardiograph restarts and boots up without error If the issue persists the cardiograph must be serviced to inspect or to possibly replace the internal CF card or main controller board Main controller board failure Action Wait for two minutes or longer If the automatic reset message does not appear press the Reset button on the rear of the cardiograph The cardiograph displ
304. ve and 50 ECGs stored in the internal Remote Archive result in a remaining available storage of 50 ECGs These can then be saved in either the internal main or Remote Archives External PC Card or USB Memory Stick Archives The external PC card archive or USB memory stick archive resides on compatible PC card inserted into the PC card slot or a compatible USB memory stick that is inserted into the USB connector on the rear panel of the cardiograph Files may then be transferred to the inserted media using the Archive mode features of the PageWriter Touch and are stored in an XML format An index file is created and maintained when cdb files are transferred or copied from the removable media Currently the PC card and USB memory stick are both limited to a maximum of 150 ECGs When you add or delete compatible ECG XML files from either a PC card or USB memory stick not using the cardiograph it is recommended that you delete all cdb files prior to reinserting into the cardiograph In the absence of an index file the cardiograph automatically regenerates the index based on the XML files on the PC card or USB memory stick USB Memory Stick The USB memory stick is an optional accessory that is used to transfer order and ECG data between the cardiograph and a TraceMaster Vue ECG Management System The USB memory stick can also be used to save custom settings specified on the cardiograph as a Custom Settings file PageWriter Touch Cardiograp
305. ve e ed qs 1 28 Localization Options 0 cece cece III 1 29 Other Resources esee dar e Sale ta Sis E oe hs ols wn Sloe WOU Se eo erg a 1 29 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Contents 1 Table of Contents Philips 12 Lead ECG XML Information and Tools 02sec ee eee eee eee 1 30 Downloading the XML Utilities and the XML Utility Suite Instructions for Use 1 30 Using the Philips InCenter Site llle 1 30 About Adobe Acrobat Versions 00 cece cee cee nnn 1 31 Downloading Documentation at the Philips Website llle esses 1 32 Contacting a Philips Response Center 0 2 2 cece eee eee e 1 32 North America Response Centers 0 eee ee eee eee eee eee eeee 1 32 South America Response Centers 2 0 eee eee ee eee eee 1 32 Europe Response Centers 1 32 Asia Response Centers 0 cee eee cee cere eee teen he e 1 34 Africaand Middle East i berses ect etl EP al aaa real a PRU acta Mirtle A 1 34 Chapter 2 Theory of Operation Contents 2 System Overview du ene ea de ded OP EUER RR PRU SE E EOS eis 2 2 Hardware Logical View 0 ccc eee cee eee e nent hmm 2 2 Main Control Board 312 obe eid px ee Sa See is ees 2 2 Display and Touch Screen 0 0 eee eee cece ene e nent eee eeeee 2 3 Patient Information Module PIM 2 eee cece eee eee eee eeee 2 4 Printer Control USB zoren e Vee vg MASE ee ee ee ES uS 2 4 Di
306. vice Manual A 11 Installing the Software 10 The Installation Results window appears and displays the message PIM Upgrade Complete Touch the OK button 11 Touch the Quit button bottom of screen to exit the Software Installation Utility 12 The main Service Utility screen appears Proceed to the next section to verify that the software installation is complete CAUTION Do not remove the PC card that contains the installation software from the cardiograph until all power sources batteries and AC power have been removed from the cardiograph as described in Performing a Full System Reset on page A 13 Verifying the Software Installation 1 Touch the Refresh button bottom of screen to update the installed software information Under Revisions top upper left of screen verify that the information displayed matches the information in Table A 2 Table A 2 C 01 Software Revision Information Kernel Rev K IS B251 ENU Application Rev C 01 02 00 ENU PIM Kernel Rev D 011 or E 004 may differ due to PIM hardware version Printer SW Date June 06 2006 2 If the information displayed in the Revisions section is not correct reinstall the software components as described in the previous sections If the information is correct perform a full system reset as described in the following section A 12 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Performing a Full System Reset Performing a Full System Reset CAUTIONS After in
307. vidual Inbox The Inbox is then given a name This name can be any name that provides meaning to the cardiograph user a single cardiograph Inbox may consist of several different OrderVue Outboxes 7 Conduct a test orders search for the newly created Inbox 8 Select general order settings including settings for orders loaded onto the cardiograph using removable media diskette PC card USB memory stick These orders originate from the WebSelect Utility application Creating an Inbox Follow the procedure below to create an order Inbox on the cardiograph To create an Inbox 1 Touch the Config button on the Command Toolbar 2 Touch the Defaults button on the Configuration Context Toolbar 3 Touch the Orders tab The selected tab is indicated in blue The Orders configuration screen appears 4 Selectaconfigured TraceMasterVue Remote Site from the Remote Orders Inboxes drop down list Touch the drop down arrow button or the displayed Remote Site name to open the drop down list 5 Touch a Remote Site to select it PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Configuring TraceMasterVue and Network Settings Configuring OrderVue Settings NOTE 10 11 12 13 Touch the Refresh button under Available Remote Site Folders bottom of screen to display the OrderVue Outboxes available on the selected Remote Site Touch an OrderVue Outbox to select it Multiple Outboxes can be selected All Outboxes selected will be configured in
308. wer processor and host processor charges each battery separately When one battery is fully charged 100 the System Power Processor and host processor charges the other battery Charge Current When the unit is in operating mode the charge current is 500mA When the unit is in sleep mode the charge current is dependant on the battery The initial charge is approximately 3A and then slowly reduced over time Current Consumption in QuickStart and Standby Mode The cardiograph and the batteries consume a small amount of current when the cardiograph is in QuickStart or Standby mode The discharge current is approximately 10 milliamps Remove the batteries from the cardiograph when the cardiograph will be stored for thirty days or more without use Battery Calibration The batteries must periodically be calibrated to ensure that the Battery Level Indicator on the Status Bar is accurate and correctly reports the current battery status The accuracy of the battery status information decreases as the batteries undergo multiple charge and discharge cycles The user may observe this as a decrease in battery operating time between full charges A wrench icon f displays on the Status Bar to indicate that the batteries need to be calibrated Battery calibration is performed on the Maintenance screen The cardiograph cannot be used while the batteries are being calibrated and the AC power cord must be plugged into the cardiograph for the entire calibrati
309. where the clinician decides to evaluate the electrocardiogram of adult and pediatric patients as part of decisions regarding possible diagnosis potential treatment effectiveness of treatment or to rule out causes for symptoms Cardiograph Features The PageWriter Touch cardiograph is one of the most advanced cardiographs It offers touch screen operation and numerous additional features making it ideal for high volume environments The PageWriter Touch cardiograph is also well suited for hospitals requiring speed and accuracy to process large volumes of ECGs daily The PageWriter Touch cardiograph consists of an electrocardiograph with remote digital patient module and an optional cart Features The features of the PageWriter Touch cardiograph include Battery or AC operation Remote digital acquisition module with replaceable patient leads with the capability for up to 12 leads software version B 01 or up to 16 leads software version C 01 02 and higher Three 15 and 16 lead options are available with software version C 01 02 and higher for both adult and pediatric application 15 inch color liquid crystal touch screen display Graphical representation of a human torso displaying leads that are loose or not connected Data transmission between the cardiograph and a TraceMasterVue ECG Management system in XML format via modem LAN WLAN diskette or optional PC PCMCIA storage card or USB memory stick Software version C 01 02 a
310. working information before installing the software upgrade Installing new software on the cardiograph will delete all ECGs saved to the internal Main Archive Transfer all ECGs to TraceMasterVue or save them to a diskette USB Memory Stick or to a PC card before installing the software upgrade Installing new software will delete all Pending Orders from the cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual A 5 Installing the Software The software installation procedure consists of nine steps that must be followed in the order described in Table A 1 Table A 1 Software Upgrade Installation Step Description E er 1 Saving Archived ECGs page A 6 2 Saving Custom Settings page A 6 3 Installing the Software Application and Kernel page A 7 4 Loading the PIM Firmware page A 11 5 Verifying the Software Installation page A 12 6 Performing a Full System Reset paggA I3 7 Restoring Custom Settings page A 14 Saving Archived ECGs Follow this procedure if any ECGs are saved to the internal Main Archive of the cardiograph and have not yet been transferred to a TraceMasterVue ECG Management System or to removable media To save ECGs saved in the Main Archive 1 Touch the Archive button on the Command Toolbar 2 Selectthe Main Archive from the Selected Archive drop down list 3 Select all ECGs to be saved The ID Complete check box must be selected in order to transfer an ECG If the
311. y is Not Associated associated to an access point the wireless adapter may not be associated to an access point Follow the steps in the procedure Checking the Remote Site Server Connection on page 5 51 Table 5 13 Error Message Unidentified PC Card Adapter Enter the name of the PC Card driver Driver name Possible Cause a The wireless adapter is inserted incorrectly into the PC card slot on the cardiograph a The wireless adapter was inserted into the cardiograph when the cardiograph was in active use not in Standby mode An unsupported wireless adapter was inserted into the cardiograph PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Wireless Error Messages Recommended Solution 1 Press the Esc key to close the dialog 2 Pressthe On Standby button on the cardiograph 3 Insert the wireless adapter card into the PC card slot 4 Pressthe Reset button on the rear panel of the cardiograph For more information see Restarting the Cardiograph on page 5 48 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Table 5 12 Error Message No Reply Received From Remote Site Possible Cause m The wireless connection to the access point does not exist m The network connection to the Restarting the Cardiograph Wireless LAN ECG Transmission Error Messages Recommended Solution Follow the steps in the procedure Checking the Remote Site Serv
312. y charged OxOOEO Fully charged and not charging 0x00AQ Fully charged and charging 0x00CO Partially charged and not charging 0x0080 Partially charged and charging 0x00DO Fully discharged and not charging 0x0090 Fully discharged and charging Temp deg C Battery internal temperature in degrees Celsius If the temperature elevates above 80 degrees an alarm sounds Voltage mV The last updated voltage reading of each battery displayed in mV This voltage reading is typically between 8000 mV and 12600 mV for an installed battery Expected Max Error A measure of how accurately or inaccurately the battery fuel gauge is currently operating Over time the accuracy of the fuel gauge will decrease because of the effects of time temperature and usage patterns for charge and discharge rates The error range is from 0 to 10 Remaining Capacity Total mAh The predicted remaining capacity of the battery This value is based upon the real time measured current flow in or out of the battery Full Charge Capacity mAh The predicted battery capacity when fully charged This value is determined when the battery is calibrated 5 10 PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Using the Service Utility Table 5 9 Service Utility Battery Info Fields continued Field Name Description Percent Full The predicted
313. y stick storage capacity 2 9 W welsh bulb electrodes 1 26 7 18 wireless LAN troubleshooting 5 53 troubleshooting access point issues 5 55 wireless LAN card using with DHCP 5 57 8 5 wrench icon on battery level indicator 3 7 x XML utilities and tools 1 30 Index 3 PHILIPS Philips Medical Systems 3000 Minuteman Road Andover MA 01810 USA Printed in USA PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual M5000 90200 Edition 3
314. ystems Main controller A single board computer SBC with extensive I O facilities running Windows CE 3 0 The PageWriter Touch application software runs on the main controller which includes the display and user input subsystems m Print controller A controller board which provides all the real time management of the printer The print controller communicates with the main controller through USB a Patient Input Module PIM A controller running Windows CE 3 0 coupled with a signal acquisition board employing Philips proprietary mixed signal ASIC technology for ECG acquisition The PIM communicates with the main controller through USB Hardware Logical View 2 2 Control of the PageWriter Touch cardiograph is provided by application software running on the main control board interacting with numerous hardware and software subsystems The following are high level descriptions of these various subsystems Main Control Board The main control SBC contains loader software and the Windows CE kernel image in its internal flash memory 32 MB At system boot a system RAM test is performed by the loader onboard RAM is 64 MB and then the Windows CE kernel loads When CE loads the application launcher runs verifying system and executable images before loading the SierraGUI application All interaction with the operator is through the SierraGUI application The application software as well as all ECG archives are stored on a separat

PageWriter Touch Cardiograph Service Manual, Edition 3 for B.01

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents